instructive photos on Flickr

This image is taken from United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911 by Medical Heritage Library, Inc.

Go to the Book with image in the Internet Archive

Title: United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911

Creator: U.S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery

Publisher:

Sponsor:

Contributor:

Date: 1911

Language: eng

Vol. 5, No. 1 Preface... ... . ..... . . .. ......... .. ... .... . ... . .. . .... .. . . ..... . .. . . . ..... . v Special articles ............. . ....... . . . .. . ............... . ............1 Diphtheria prophylaxis in the Navy. by C. S. Butler. .... . .. .. . ...1 Notes on "606," by Raymond Spear.. . .... .. . ... .. .. . ... ..... . ........ . . 4 Recent diagnostic methods in otology applicable to the naval service, by G. B. Trible.... . . .. .... ...... . . .......... .. .. . .. 6 Bier's method of treatment in acute gonorrheal arthritis, by H.F. Strine. 12 Problems of sanitation in landing and expeditionary service in tropical and subtropical regions, translation by P. J. Waldner.. .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. .. 13 The mental examination of candidates for enlistment in the Navy and Marine Corps, by Heber Butts.. . ......... . . . .............. . .... . . . .... 29 The recent outbreak of cholera in Italy, by C. J. Holeman.. ..... .. . .. . . . 38 United States Naval Medical School Laboratories... ... ... .. ... .. .......... . . 41 The United States National Museum in its relation to other Government scientific collections, by P. E . Garrison .... . . . .. . .. . ..... . ..... .,..... 41 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-August, 1910....... . ... . .... ... . . ........ . .... . 43 Recent additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 43 Suggested devices............ . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . ..... . . . .. . ... . . . ..... . . . .. . 46 A sanitary garbage-can holder, by H. C. Kellers. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 46 The blanket splint, by F. X. Koltes..... ..... ... . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Clinical notes.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Reports of four transfusions by the vein-to-vein method with curved glass tubes, by A. M. Fauntleroy.. . . . . . . . .. . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Bilateral inguino-superficial hernia with bilateral undescended testicle, by H. C. Curl...... . ..... . .. . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Larvae in the deep urethra and bladder, by H. F. Strine..... ... .. . . .. ... 51 An extensive razor wound of throat, by W. G. Farwell. ...... . ....... ..... 62 Report of two cases of heat cramps on U. S. S. Charleston, by H. A. May... 53 Fatigue and exhaustion in the fireroom, by F. G. Abeken .... ... . ... .. . . 67 A case of diabetes mellitus, by J.B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley . ........... 58 Sciatica incident to physical test (50-mile walk), by J. A. B. Sinclair..... 58 Poisoning resulting from the injection of bismuth paste, by C. B. Camerer... 59 Current comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The medical library on the U. S. S. Solace... . ..... .. ......... .... . ... .. 61 Dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol in the treatment of syphilis. .. . .. . .. . . . . . . ... 61 New blank forms and instructions pertaining thereto.. . .. .... . ... . . ..... 63 A case of yellow fever reaches Honolulu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Progress in medical sciences. . ....... ... . .. . . . .. . . . ... . . .. . .... . ... .. ... . .. 67 General medicine. . .. .. ... . . .. . .... .. ... .. . .. . . .. . .. ..... .. . .. ........ 67 A modern conception of the psychoneuroses; status thymolymphaticus and its relation to sudden death; the Cammidge test in experimental pancreatitis and other conditions; hiccough in course of diaphragmatic pleurisy treated by Laborde's method ; fatigue the cause of enuresis; pellagra, some clinical and other features of the disease; is mercury a specific in pulmonary tuberculosis; a case of an acute febrile and probably infectious disease of unknown origin; further remarks on duodenal alimentation ; pemphigoid eruptions in typhoid fever, A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson . .. . .... . ... . . . .. . ... . . . .. 67 Surgery - The special field of neurological surgery, five years later; hypodermic injections in action, suggestions for simplifying their administration; the result of 168 operations for hernia; modern treatment of fractures; report of two cases of revolver shot wound of the brain; haemophilia; the exclusion of the skin in surgery; removal of foreign bodies from the bronchi; some notes on the use of nitrous oxid and oxygen for prolonged anesthesia; the end results of prostatectomy, R. Spear and E. Thompson ... . . . .. .. . .. . .... . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Hygiene and sanitation - Ventilation of ships, particularly merchant ships; oral prophylaxis; recruiting in the German army; concerning the sources of infection in cases of venereal diseases in the city of New York; the effect of a mosquito net on the air within it, H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. .. . . .. ... . .. . .. . . .. . ... . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . .... .. ... .... .. .. ..... 87 Tropical medicine - The rationale of quinine prophylaxis; a case of sleeping sickness studied by precise enumerative methods; statistical study of uncinariasis among white men in the Philippines, C. S. Butler.. . .. .. . .. 95 Pathology and bacteriology - A case of typhoid meningitis; complement fixation in thrombo-angiitie obliterans; personal observations on the Ehrlich-Hata "606;" certain aspects of the bacteriology of bacillary dysentery; a rapid presumptive test for diarrhea caused by the gas bacillus; investigation into the acid-fast bacteria found in the faeces with special reference to their presence in cases of tuberculosis; on the nature of the cellular elements presence in milk; infection of a still-born infant by an amoebiform protozoan (entamooba mortinatalium), O. J . Mink.. . . ..... . 99 Medical zoology - Ulcerating granuloma of the pudenda a protozoal disease (preliminary communication); report of 15 cases of hymenolepis nana, P. E. Garrison ... .... ... . ... ... .... .. ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. 102 Chemistry and pharmacy - Studies in OEdema. VI. The influence of adrenaline on absorption from the peritoneal cavity, with some remarks on the influence of calcium chloride on absorption ; the action of mercury and iodine in experimental syphilis; a protein reaction in the blood of the insane; chemistry of the antigen used in the Wassermann reaction; a lack of oxygen not a cause of death in cases of diminished air pressure; influence of mercury on the results of the serum reaction in antisyphilitic treatment; quantitative determination of albumin in the urine; E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............. . ............ ... ..... 104 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - The use of carbon dioxide snow in eye work; preliminary communication of a new method for the prevention and treatment of sympathetic ophthalmitis, E. M. Shipp......... .. . .. ... ... .. . 106 Reports and letters .. . . . ...... . .... . .... . ... . . ... . ... . .. . . . .. . . 109 A visit to the Leper Settlement, Molokai, Hawaii, J. D. Gatewood .... ... . 109 Report on the meeting of the American Public Health Association, 1910, C. N. Fiske. . ... ......... .. .. . .. . . . ... . . . ...... . . . .... .. . . ..... ... . . . 114 Report on the meeting of the American Hospital Association, 1910, A. W. Dunbar.. . .. .. .... . ... . ... .. . .. .. .. . . . .... ... ... ... .. .. .. ... . ....... 117 The latest word from Ehrlich........ . .............................. . .. 122 Vol. 5, No. 2 Preface... ... .. ... .. ........ ... .................. .... ..... .............. vii Special articles.....................125 The intravenous administration of "606" in 56 case, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison ...................... 125 Ehrlich discusses "606," translation, by Dr. J.C. Bierwirth. . ...... . . . ... 134 Satisfactory results with a simplified Wassermann technique (Emery), by E. R. Stitt. ..................... 142 Further notes on the preparation of a culture medium from dried blood serum, by E. W. Brown... . . .. .... . . .. . .. .... . . ... ........ .. .. . .... 144 Note on the existence of Agchylostoma duodenale in Guam, by W. M. Kerr. .....................145 Intestinal parasites found among the crew of the U.S.S. South Dakota, by E.G. Parker. .... . ..... .. . ..... .. . ..... ...... . .... ... . . ... .. ...... . 145 Results of an examination of Filipino mess attendants for intestinal parasites, by W. A. Angwin and C. E. Camerer ..................... 147 The practical use of carbon dioxide snow as seen at the West London Hospital, by G. D. Hale. .. .... . .. . . . .. ... . . . .......... . .......... . ..... . 148 Nomenclature for causes of physical disability in the Navy, by 0. N. Fiske.. . .. . .......................... . .. .. . .... .. . . .. ...... .. .. .. . 149 United States Naval Medical School laboratories . . . . . . ..................... 159 An atypical typhoid bacillus, by O. J. Mink.. .. . .. ........ .. ........... 159 Notes on parasites found at animal autopsies in the Naval Medical School laboratories during 1910, by C. S. Butler and P. E. Garrison.. . .. . ...... 159 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .. ... . . 161 Additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .... .162 Suggested devices ...... . . . ... ... .. . . . . . . 163 An intestine tray for autopsies, by P. E. Garrison. . . .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... 163 A suggested improvement in the method of taking finger prints, by F. H. Brooks . .... .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. ... . .... .. .. .. .. . . .. .... . . .. .. . ..... . .. 164 Clinical notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of cholecystectomy, by R. Spear. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of fracture of the skull, by W. M. Garton. . . ... ... . ... . ........ . .. 168 Hypernephroma of right kidney, nephrectomy with recovery, by A. M. Fauntleroy... ... .. ... .. ..... .... . .. . . ..... ..... . .... . ............. . 169 A case of general chronic perihepatitis, by E. R. Stitt .. . . . . . .. ...... . ... 171 Bacillary dysentery showing extreme toxaemia, by E. R. Stitt........ .. .. 173 Report on 10 cases of syphilis treated with "606," by U. R. Webb....... 173 A suspected case of gangosa, by O. J. Mink.. . . .. . ...... . .... .. . . . .... .... 178 Lamblia intestinalis and ascaris lumbricoides associated with amoebic dysentery by G. B. Trible . . . . . ... ....... . . . . .. . .. .. ... . .... . ........ . . . . . . 178 A case of pernicious anemia showing points of resemblance to kala azar, by E. R. Stitt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 A case of amoebic dysentery with liver abscess by E. R. Stitt. . .. .. ... ... 180 A case of intussusception, by E. R. Stitt..... . . .. . . . . . .. ......... .. . .. . . . 181 Report of two unusual fracture cases, by J. B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley... 181 Associated tuberculosis and syphilis, by O. J. Mink and E. H. H. Old...... 182 An undesirable recruit, by Heber Butts............................ . . . . . 183 Report of six cases of appendicitis aboard the U.S. S. Tennessee, by M. K. Johnson and W. L. Mann...... ... .......................... .. ........ 190 Current comment... .. .................................................... 193 Notification of venereal diseases.............. . .......................... 193 The use of salvarsan in filarial disease.. ...................... . .......... 194 Howard Taylor Ricketts...................................... . ........ 195 Typhoid vaccination. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Further notes on the new blank forms..................................... 196 The bacteriology of acute poliomyelitis............. . .... .. .. ...... ..... 197 Hospital facilities at Montevideo.... .... . .............................. 197 A correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 A course of instructive lectures . ......................................... 197 Physical culture......... ... . . ........... .. .......................... . . 198 Progress in medical sciences...... . ................. . ..... . ............. . .. 199 General medicine - Haemoglobinuric fever on the Canal Zone; malingering; on the presence of a venous hum in the epigastrium in cirrhosis of the liver; the use of the X-ray in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; mercury succinimid in the treatment of tuberculosis; high blood pressure in arteriosclerosis; the treatment and prognosis of exophthalmic goitre; some clinical methods of diagnosis of the functional activity of the heart; further notes on the treatment of paralysis agitans with parathyroid gland; on fever caused by the bite of the sand fly (Phlebotomus papatasii); Myzomyia roasii as a malaria carrier; a modified Caldwell kitchen incinerator for field use, by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Xeilson....... 199 Surgery - The cause of death from shock by commercial electric currents and the treatment of same; the best method of exposing the interior of the bladder in suprapubic operations; "606 "; a consideration of surgical methods of treating hyperthyroidism; genito-urinary diseases; radium therapy; the intravenous use of cocaine, report of a case; diseases of the stomach and duodenum from a surgical standpoint; dry iodine catgut; disinfection of the skin by tincture of iodine; the Roentgen-ray examination of the esophagus; solitary perforation of the ileum associated with strangulated and obstructed hernia; the time and method for prostatectomy; a practical mechanical method of end-to-end anastomosis of blood vessels; by R. Spear and E. \V . Thompson................... 213 Hygiene and sanitation - Sterilization of water on a large scale by means of ultra-violet rays; nota sulla carne refrigerata e sui refrigeranti dei piroscafi; the American game of football, is it a factor for good or for evil? the hygiene of the simming pool ; "cordite eating"; the process of disinfection by chemical agencies and hot water; eggs, a study of eggs offered for sale as pure food; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. ..... .. 226 Tropical medicine - Upon a new pathognomonic sign of malaria; a simple method for the treatment of cholera; traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine, by C. S. Butler. . .... .. ....... ... .. ...... . . . . ..... .. . ....... 237 Pathology and bacteriology - A method for the bacteriological standardization of disinfectants; microorganism found in the blood of acute cases of poliomyelitis; experimental rssearches upon typhus exanthematicus done at the Pasteur Institute of Tunis during the year l910; bacteriology of human bile with especial reference to the typhoid carrier problem; the control of typhoid in the army by vaccination; experiments on transmission of bacteria by flies with special relation to an epidemic of bacillary dysentery at the Worcester State Hospital, Massachusetts, 1910; experiences in the use of vaccines in chronic suppuration of the nasal access0ry sinuses; histological study of skin lesions of pellagra; a resume of the evidence concerning the diagnostic and clinical value of the Wassermann reaction; experimentelle Beitrage zum Studium des Mechanismus der Immunkorper und Komplementwirkung; by O. J . Mink.............. 240 Chemistry and pharmacy.-The preparation of thyroid extract for therapeutic purposes; the action of urinary antiseptics; wird eingenommenes Chinin mit der Muttermilch ausgeschieden? Uebergang von Arzenmitteln in die Milch; the quantitative estimation of albumin in the urine, by Tsuchiya's procss; the quantitative determination of albumin according to Tsuchiya; on the stability of the solutions prepared for Bang's method of estimating sugar in the urine, by E. M. Brown and O. G. Ruge.. . .......... 251 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Tests for color-vision ; a note on the use of scarlet red in corneal diseases; report on progress in otology; ear disease and its prevention; the prevalence of middle ear disease in the [British] army, with a suggestion for a remedy; peritonsillar abscess; by E. M. Shipp. . ........ . . 266 Reports and letters ............ 267 The surgical aspect of the engagement of La Ceiba, Honduras, by L. W. Bishop and W. L. Irvine.......... . ......... . .. . ... . ....... . . . ...... 267 Extract from sanitary report of U.S.S. New Orleans, for the year 1901, by W. F. Arnold... .. .. .. ....... ... . . . ... . . ... ..... . . ... . . . .. .. . . ....... 269 Vol. 5, No. 3 Preface...... ........... ................... .... ...... .... .. .... ...... .. ... v Special articles: · Tropical diseases in their relation to the eye, by E. M. Shipp.... .... . . . . 271 Intravenous administration of salvarsan, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison. ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 The mental examination of 50 recruits who became insane soon after enlistment, by Heber Butts........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Diagnosis and treatment of hernia in the Navy, by B. F. Jenness.... .. ... 313 United States Medical School laboratories: Davainea madagascariensis in the Philippine Islands, by P. E. Garrison. . 321 The interpretation of negative and weakly positive reactions in Noguchi's complement fixation test, by M. E. Higgins... . .. . . . ....... . ......... 327 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911........ . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 328 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Suggested devices: An improvised X-ray apparatus, by H. A. Harris. . . . ..... . .. .. . .. . . . . . . 331 Fracture of mandible with improved method of adjustment, by W. A. Angwin .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Clinical notes: Gunshot wound of elbow, by Raymond Spear..... .. .. . .... . . . ... . . . ... . 335 Clinical symptoms appearing immediately after antityphoid inoculation, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark. . .. .... . .. ..... . . ... . . ... .. . .. . . . . . .. 336 Posterior gastro-enteroetomy three years after anterior gastro-enteroetomy, by A. M. Fauntleroy... . .. ... .. ... . . ... . .. . . .. ... ... ... .. ..... . .. . . . 338 Pontine hemorrhage resulting from a blow in boxing, by H. C. Curl.. . . . . 340 Fracture of the zygoma, by R. B. Williams... ... .. . . ............ ....... 341 Death from unruptured thoracic aneurism, by E. P. Huff... . . .... . .. ... 342 A plastic pernicious anemia associated with agchyloetomiaeis, by E. R. Stitt. 345 Balantidium coli infection associated with amoebic dysentery, by G. B. Trible..... . ..... ... . ... . . . ... . . . ....... . ........ . ..... .. . 346 Return of syphilitic symptoms after administration of salvarsan, by C. F. Sterne. . ....... . .. . . . . .. . . ... . ..... . .... . ........ . .... . . . . .... . ... . . . 348 A case of syphilis which poeeibly demonstrates the efficacy of prophylaxis against venereal diseases, by E. H. H. Old ... . . . . .. ..... 349 Cerebral syphilis in a native of Guam, by W. M. Kerr.. ... . . ... ... ..... 350 A case of autoserotherapy, by E. O. J. Eytinge and L. W. McGuire. ...... 351 Haemoglobinuric fever, by D. G. Sutton. . . . ...... . .. . .. .. . .... .. . .... .. 352 Shock caused by lightning stroke, by W. S. Hoen .... . .. . . ............ . . 353 An unusual cause of burn, by F. M. Munson.......... .. . . .. . ..... . .. .. 354 Traumatic extrusion of testicle, by J . A. B. Sinclair. . . .. . . . . ....... . ... 355 Current comment: Criticisms and suggestions relative to the health records . .. .. . . . · 357 Distinguished honors conferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 The closing exercises of the Naval Medical School... . ...... . .... . ... . . . 358 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Plague in Manchuria and its lessons; the treatment of arthritis deformans; hereditary haemophilia, deficiency in the coagulability of the blood the only immediate cause of the condition; discussion of acidosis, by A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson .. ........ .. ... .. . . .... 361 Surgery - Laceration of the axillary portion of the shoulder joint as a factor in the etiology of traumatic combined paralysis of the upper extremity; tuberculosis of the kidney and ureter; injuries to the kidneys with end results; fracture of the patella; acute emergencies of abdominal disease; intestinal obstruction due to kinks and adhesions of the terminal ileum; the functions of the great omentum; treatment of peritonitis consecutive to appendicitis; treatment of ascites by drainage into the subcutaneous tissue of the abdomen; special dangers associated with operations on the biliary passages and their avoidance; a simple method for the relief of certain forms of odynphagia; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson....... ...... . . ... . ... ... ... .. 365 Hygiene and sanitation - Food requirements for sustenance and work; carbo-gasoline method for the disinfection of books; typhoid fever and mussel pollution; the duty of the community toward ita consumptives; some aspects of tropical sanitation; table jellies; the significance of the bacillus carrier in the spread of Asiatic cholera; the value of vaccination and revaccination; prophylaxie de la syphilis; the value of terminal disinfection; a method for determining the germicidal value and penetrating power of liquid disinfectants; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske........... 377 Tropical medicine - Further researches on the hyphomycetes of tinea imbricata; the action of'' 606" in sleeping sickness; the action of salvarsan in malaria; the application of "606" to the treatment of kala-azar; the specific treatment of leprosy; the role of the infective granule in certain protozoa! infections as illustrated by the spirochaetosis of Sudanese fowls, preliminary note; by C. S. Butler. . .... . . . ..... . .. .. .. . . . . ... . ... .... 389 Pathology and bacteriology - Ehrlich's biochemical theory and its conception and application; researches on experimental typhoid fever; a record of 90 diphtheria carriers; the serum diagnosis of syphilis; by M. E. Higgins. . . . 392 Medical zoology - Note on the presence of a lateral spine in the eggs of Schistosoma japonicum; onchocerciasis in cattle with special reference to the structure and bionomic characters of the parasite; by P. E. Garrison .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Chemistry and pharmacy - The preparation of a convenient and stable litmus solution; a method to demonstrate and estimate the digestive fermenta in the feces; a simple method for the estimation of ammonia in the urine of diabetics for the recognition of acidosis; new process for sterilizing water by potassium permanganate; the colorimetric estimation of dextrose in urine; a new method for the estimation of sugar in the urine; by E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge . .. . .. ... . . . ..... ... . . 398 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Examination of the nose and throat in relation to general diagnosis, results in asthma; the nonsurgical treatment of cataract; by E. M. Shipp..... . . . .. . .. .. .. . .... .. ... . 400 Reports and letters: Plague conditions in North China, by W. D. Owens.......... .. .. ... ... 405 Vol. 5, No. 4 Preface ... .. . . . ............... . ...... ... ........................ .. ........ v Special articles: The tenth convention of the second Hague conference of 1907, and its relation to the evacuation of the wounded in naval warfare, by F. L. Pleadwell (first paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Is gangoea a form of syphilis? by H. E. Odell....... .. ... . ............. 430 Salvarsan as a diagnostic and therapeutic agent in syphilis, by C. M. George.... .. ............ ...... . . .. .... . . . .... . .. . 485 Flat foot and its relation to the Navy, by R. G. Heiner.. . ............... 451 Notes on submarine cruising, by I. F. Cohn............................ 455 Important features in the technique of carbon dioxide estimations in air, by E. W. Brown... . ................. . .. . . . ... . ...... . ...... . ..... . . 457 The use of salvarsan on board the U.S.S. Michigan, by J . J. Snyder and A. L. Clifton............. . . .. . . .............. . .................... . .. 459 Notes on vaccination, by A. B. Clifford... .. ........................... 461 The preparation of patient.e for operation at the United States Naval Hospital, Norfolk, Va., by W. M. Garton.. . ..... .... .. .. ... . . . ...... ..... 462 United States Naval Medical School laboratories: Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911 ........ . ... .......... . .. . .. 465 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911.................... . .... . .. .. . ... . .. 465 Suggested devices: An apparatus for hoisting patients aboard the hospital ship Solace, by E. M. Blackwell... . ............ . . . ................................ . . 467 An inexpensive and satisfactory ethyl chloride inhaler for general anaesthesia, by J. H. Barton .. . . ... .. .. .. . . .. .. . .. .... ...... 469 Clinical notes: Old "irreducible" dislocation of head of humerus, by H. C. Curl. . . . ... . 471 A case of brain tumor, by R. E. Hoyt.. .. .... .... . ...... . . .... . .. ........ 472 A case of brain abscess, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark.. .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . 474 Report of two cases of cerebrospinal fever, by R. A. Bachmann.. . . . .... 477 A case of leprosy on board the U.S.S. Villalobos, by D. H. Noble....... 479 A case resembling gangosa, in which a treponema was found, by P. S. Rossiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 A case extensively burned, by N. T. McLean.. ... .... .. . . .. . .. ... ... . . . 481 Acute pemphigus following vaccination, by R. Hayden.... ... . .... ..... . . 482 Two interesting cases on the U.S.S. Prairie, by C. C. Grieve . .. . . . .... . . 486 An atypical case of typhoid fever, by L. W. Johnson... . ... . .. . .... . .. . .. 488 Tolerance of the peritoneum rarely seen, by P. R. Stalnaker and G. W. Shepard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Note on tincture of iodine, by R. Spear...... . . . . . ... . ... .... . .. . .. ..... 490 Notes on salvarsan, by R. Spear..... . ...... . .............. . ..... . . ..... 491 Current comment : Instructions relative to medical returns ... ....... . ..... . ............... .493 Clinical cards .. ........... ... . . .. .. ... . .... . . . . . .. . ... . .. . ......... . . .494 Measles in Samoa . ................ .. . ... . . . . ... . ....................... .495 The conservation of the public health ........ . .................... .496 Closure of the naval stations at San Juan and Culebra ....... .. .. . . . ..... 498 New pavilion for the practice of thoracic surgery ........ . ..... ...... 498 The Bellevue Hospital nomenclature of diseases and conditions, 1911 .... .498 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Pathological and experimental data derived from a further study of an acute infectious disease of unknown origin; the mode of transmission of leprosy; genesis of incipient tuberculisus; a method for determining the absolute pressure of the cerebrospinal fluid; the after history of cases of albuminuria occurring in adolescence; the stereoscopic X-ray examination of the chest with special reference to the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; the use of antiformin in the examination for the tubercle bacillus; by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Neilson ............. . . . 501 Surgery - The control of bleeding in operations for brain tumors; intravenous anesthesia from hedonal; the difficulties and limitations of diagnosis in advanced cases of renal tuberculosis; the treatment of X-ray ulcer; nephroureterectomy; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson .. 511 Hygiene and Sanitation - A simple method of purifying almost any infected water for drinking purposes; the physiology of the march; wall paper and illumination; vaccination et serotherapie anticholeriques; upon the inoculation of materia morbi through the human skin by fleabites; garbage receptacles; the relative influence of the heat and chemical impurity of close air; method for measuring the degree of vitiation of the air of inclosed spaces; by H. G. Beyer and C.N. Fiske . .. . .. ..... . 518 Tropical medicine - The diagnosis of pellagra; researches upon acarids among lepers; action of "606" upon malaria; by C. S. Butler ......... . 523 Pathology and bacteriology - An outbreak of gastroenteritis caused by B. paratyphosus; infection of rabbits with the virus of poliomyelitis; the mechanism of the formation of metastases in malignant tumors; a method for the pure cultivation of pathogenic treponema pallidum; by Y. E . Higgins .. .... .. .. . ..................... .. ..... . ............. . ...... . 528 Medical zoology - On Kwan's fluke and the presence of spines in fasciolopsis; endemic Mediterranean fever (Malta fever) in southwest Tcxas; by P. E. Garrison . ..... . .......... .. . . .... . .... . ........... . . . 532 Chemistry and pharmacy - Detection of blood by means of leuco-malachitegreen; an improved form of Heller's ring test for detection of albumin in the urine; an important reagent for Fehling's method for sugar estimation; method for the estimation of urotropin in the urine; detection of amylolytic ferments in the feces; new technique for the estimation of total nitrogen, ammonia, and urea in the urine; chemotherapy and "606" by E. W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............... 533 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Defective vision and its bearing on the question of fitness for service; "606 ' ' and eye diseases; by E. M. Shipp ... .. .. .538 Reports and letters: American Medical Association meeting, by C. P. Bfagg .. .. .... . .....550 Sanitary report on Kiukiang, Kiangse Province, China, by D. H. Noble ...550 Index to volume V ...............559 Subject index .......... . ........ . ....................... 559 Author's index . . . ........ . ..... . ......... . ......... . 570

If you have questions concerning reproductions, please contact the Contributing Library.

Note: The colors, contrast and appearance of these illustrations are unlikely to be true to life. They are derived from scanned images that have been enhanced for machine interpretation and have been altered from their originals.

Read/Download from the Internet Archive

See all images from this book

See all MHL images published in the same year

For Mike's Mom by Teddy Llovet

4 13

Mike, thank you for starting photomorrobay, a social network that has given us instructive photo lessons, fun outings and wonderful friendships. You are a friend who has contributed much to your community. Morro Bay is lucky to have you!

***See photos in first comment box***

New Zealand quotations (3) by Phillip Capper

2

Ronald Allison Kells Mason was born in Penrose, Auckland, on 10 January 1905, the son of Francis William Mason and his wife, Jessie Forbes Kells. His father, a perfume maker, died of an accidental overdose of opium in 1913 and he and his elder brother were sent to live with an aunt, Isabella Kells, in the south Waikato settlement of Lichfield. She taught the boys until 1915, when Mason returned for one year's primary schooling at Panmure before attending Auckland Grammar School from 1917 to 1922 (in 1919 and 1921 for only one term each year, apparently for economic reasons). He distinguished himself in English and Latin, and began writing verse. His translation of Horace's 'O fons Bandusiae' ('O fair Bandusian fountain') was evidently a class exercise done in the fifth form. In that same year he first encountered A. R. D. Fairburn, with whom he formed a close association over the next decade.

Soon after leaving school Mason took a position as a tutor in Latin, economics and civics at the University Coaching College, a private tutoring school where he was to be employed for six years. In 1923 he prepared a handwritten collection of poems which he named 'In the manner of men'. This was followed in 1924 by his first published volume, The beggar , which contained versions of many of the poems written during his school years. They are precocious, often morbid poems that reflect the highly rhetorical styles of the Victorian poets, but some are of lasting value. The beggar found almost no market in New Zealand. It did, however, reach the English anthologist and editor Harold Monro, who reprinted two of its poems in the 1924 issue of the Chapbook , and two more in the 1929 anthology Twentieth century poetry .

In 1925 Mason published a pamphlet, Penny broadsheet , containing five further poems. In 1926 he enrolled at Auckland University College, majoring in Latin and French. He studied full time that year and from 1928 to 1930, eventually graduating BA in 1939. Mason evidently continued to support himself by tutoring until near the end of his full-time studies. He continued to write poems, some of which were published in the local newspapers, the Sun and the Auckland Star , and wrote several short stories, published in Kiwi , the Phoenix and Tomorrow ; He also drafted two novels, which remained unpublished.

After completing his full-time studies he worked for a season in Lichfield as a harvester before returning to Auckland to a variety of labouring jobs, and to close association with friends active at the university. In the first months of 1931 he travelled to Tonga and Samoa to study the conditions on those islands, and particularly the circumstances of the Mau uprising in Samoa. This trip he described as beginning his disillusionment with New Zealand nationalism, which was to culminate in 1947 with the publication of the pamphlet Frontier forsaken: an outline history of the Cook Islands .

Between 1931 and 1933 Mason contributed regularly to Kiwi and to the Phoenix , a student publication printed by Bob Lowry at Auckland University College. The first two issues in 1932, edited by James Bertram, emphasised cultural and aesthetic issues. Mason assumed the editorship in 1933; under him the third and fourth issues had a more directly political emphasis, and the magazine's controversial nature made it the focus for attack from the conservative press.

By this time Mason's interests had clearly moved from the poetic to the political. Although he was to publish three books of verse in the next 10 years, all but about 12 of the poems eventually collected under his name had been written by 1933. No new thing (1934) contained 25 poems from 1924 to 1929. The book was printed by Lowry at the Unicorn Press, but problems with binding meant that only a few copies were issued for sale. Mason retained his business association with Unicorn for a short time, but the Caxton Press published his poems from then on. End of day (1936) printed five new poems, and a further five were included in Caxton's Recent poems (1941). This dark will lighten: selected poems, 1923--41 was Mason's first substantial selection of his work and the first to make it widely available. In it he stripped down the typography and punctuation, making increasing use of the hanging indent that he had first used a decade before, and paring down the rhetorical diction and flourishes of some of the earlier poems.

Mason's writing after the mid 1930s was mainly political journalism and didactic plays for the stage, radio and dance theatre. At least 10 plays were written; two were published separately, Squire speaks in 1938 and China: script…for a dance-drama by Margaret Barr in 1943. He wrote political and social commentaries extensively, using both his own name and 'PWD'. He published in Tomorrow , the Workers' Weekly and the People's Voice , the communist weekly newspaper. When this was banned by the government in 1941, Mason edited, printed and published its successor, In Print. He was briefly the publisher of the revived People's Voice in 1943--44 and then publisher of Challenge , the weekly journal of the Auckland District Labourers' Union. He is also recorded in 1950 as the publisher of a union paper, Congress News , the journal of the New Zealand Trade Union Congress. He made another trip to the Pacific islands prior to the publication of Frontier forsaken in 1947. In the years immediately after the war he was a strong advocate of the establishment of a national theatre.

Ill health forced Mason into semi-retirement in 1956, though for several years he continued to work a little as a landscape gardener. In that year he welcomed a troupe of the Classical Theatre of China to Auckland, and in 1957 he was a member of a New Zealand delegation invited to the People's Republic of China.

In 1962 Pegasus published his Collected poems. The book drew together all the published and unpublished poems he wished to retain, while the last of the earlier poems were revised for republication. In the same year he held the Robert Burns Fellowship at the University of Otago. Three poems were printed in the students' association's Review and 'Strait is the gate', a play with strong Otago themes, was performed and later recorded for radio. Also that year, on 27 August, he married his long-time companion Dorothea Mary Beyda (known by her maiden name of Dorothea Mould). They remained in Dunedin until 1965, when they returned to Auckland, living in Takapuna where Mason taught part time. In 1969--70 the New Zealand Literary Fund Advisory Committee discussed a recommendation that a pension be paid to him in recognition of his achievements, but he died on 13 July 1971 before this could be done. He was survived by his wife.

In his own lifetime Mason was respected for his commitment to the trade union movement, and for his dedication to the principles of Marxism as a political philosophy. Although it is as a poet that he is deservedly best remembered, the ethical and existential questions that the poems confront seem to have been answered for Mason by his espousal of Marxist principles, and the transferral of energy from poetry to politics in the mid 1930s was a part of this process. Mason's poetry was humanistic and sceptical, concerning itself with the quest for purpose in a universe which appeared to be essentially mechanistic or godless. The earlier poems are frequently concerned with a sense of despairing mortality, and a feeling that the poet is the plaything of history. The later poetry, often focusing on the figure of a secular suffering Jesus, who is human rather than divine, poses dramatised questions about the consequences of ethical choice and the problems faced by the good man in a morally indifferent society.

Stylistically and thematically much of Mason's poetry marks him as an inheritor of the Victorian tradition, although equally he was influenced by the Georgian practices of his time. His work stands somewhat apart from the more overtly nationalistic writings of his contemporaries, though he shared with them a sense of romantic alienation and a view of poetry as primarily a morally instructive art. His poems from The beggar on also mark the beginnings of serious modern poetry in New Zealand, and his best poems remain numbered among the finest in New Zealand literature.

American Antiques Roadshow - August 11, 1867 Nautical Quilt with Masonic Designs - 8 by antefixus21

2

This 1867 item was a nautically themed quilt brought in by a lady who said that the original owner was on her father's side of the family, her third great uncle Captain Charles F. Musaus (pronounced moose-ouse as in house with a silent 'h'). He was a ship captain who sailed primarily out of Portland, Maine, USA, and he was occasionally accompanied by his wife.

Stephen L. Fletcher commented on the piece. It was a quilt, with mostly bright and beautiful colours as it had not been washed which would have made the colour run and resulted in a loss of colour. The condition varies. The cotton was in good shape but the blue fabric which appeared to be wool had suffered (and was in tatters). The quilt was filled with charming motifs and designs, including some standardized patterns. This one included instruments for charting a course, a binnacle, a Norwegian flag which probably indicates the name of the vessel, a Norwegian Union Flag, a speaking horn used by a deck hand, a barometer and a sextant.

What is surprising is that Mr. Fletcher made no mention whatsoever of the Masonic Square and Compasses and a number of Masonic Working Tools and Masonic references which were included in the design. He gave it an auction estimate of between USD$12,000. and $18,000. and suggested that if it were to be insured, it should be insured for between USD$20,000. and $25,000.

Masonic Seven Stars and a moon. Masonic circular chain around some lodges, note the Cross which is used by certain Masonic bodies, possibly an acacia branch.

Square and Compasses

Source: Mackey's Encyclopedia of Freemasonry

These two symbols have been so long and so universally combined — to teach us, as says an early instruction, "to square our actions and to keep them within due bounds," they are so seldom seen apart, but are so kept together, either as two Great Lights, or as a jewel worn once by the Master of the Lodge, now by the Past Master—that they have come at last to be recognized as the proper badge of a Master Mason, just as the Triple Tau is of a Royal Arch Mason or the Passion Cross of a Knight Templar.

So universally has this symbol been recognized, even by the profane world, as the peculiar characteristic of Freemasonry, that it has recently been made in the United States the subject of a legal decision. A manufacturer of flour having made, in 1873, an application to the Patent Office for permission to adopt the Square and Compasses as a trade-mark, the Commissioner of Patents, .J. M. Thatcher, refused the permission as the mark was a Masonic symbol.

If this emblem were something other than precisely what it is—either less known", less significant, or fully and universally understood—all this might readily be admitted. But, Considering its peculiar character and relation to the public, an anomalous question is presented. There can be no doubt that this device, so commonly worn and employed by Masons, has an established mystic significance, universally recognized as existing; whether comprehended by all or not, is not material to this issue. In view of the magnitude and extent of the Masonic organization, it is impossible to divest its symbols, or at least this particular symbol—perhaps the best known of all—of its ordinary signification, wherever displaced, either as an arbitrary character or otherwise.

It will be universally understood, or misunderstood, as having a Masonic significance; and, therefore, as a trade-mark, must constantly work deception. Nothing could be more mischievous than to create as a monopoly, and uphold by the poser of lacy anything so calculated. as applied to purposes of trade. to be misinterpreted, to mislead all classes, and to constantly foster suggestions of mystery in affairs of business (see Infringing upon Freemasonry, also Imitative Societies, and Clandestine).

In a religious work by John Davies, entitled Summa Totalis, or All in All and the Same Forever, printed in 1607, we find an allusion to the Square and Compasses by a profane in a really Masonic sense. The author, who proposes to describe mystically the form of the Deity, says in his dedication:

Yet I this forme of formelesse Deity,

Drewe by the Squire and Compasse of our Creed.

In Masonic symbolism the Square and Compasses refer to the Freemason's duty to the Craft and to himself; hence it is properly a symbol of brotherhood, and there significantly adopted as the badge or token of the Fraternity.

Berage, in his work on the higher Degrees, Les plus secrets Mystéres des Hauts Grades, or The Most Secret Mysteries of the High Grades, gives a new interpretation to the symbol. He says: "The Square and the Compasses represent the union of the Old and New Testaments. None of the high Degrees recognize this interpretation, although their symbolism of the two implements differs somewhat from that of Symbolic Freemasonry.

The Square is with them peculiarly appropriated to the lower Degrees, as founded on the Operative Art; while the Compasses, as an implement of higher character and uses, is attributed to the Decrees, which claim to have a more elevated and philosophical foundation. Thus they speak of the initiate, when he passes from the Blue Lodge to the Lodge of Perfection, as 'passing from the Square to the Compasses,' to indicate a progressive elevation in his studies. Yet even in the high Degrees, the square and compasses combined retain their primitive signification as a symbol of brotherhood and as a badge of the Order."

Square and Compass

Source: The Builder October 1916

By Bro. B. C. Ward, Iowa

Worshipful Master and Brethren: Let us behold the glorious beauty that lies hidden beneath the symbolism of the Square and Compass; and first as to the Square. Geometry, the first and noblest of the sciences, is the basis on which the superstructure of Masonry has been erected. As you know, the word "Geometry" is derived from two Greek words which mean "to measure the earth," so that Geometry originated in measurement; and in those early days, when land first began to be measured, the Square, being a right angle, was the instrument used, so that in time the Square began to symbolize the Earth. And later it began to symbolize, Masonically, the earthly-in man, that is man's lower nature, and still later it began to symbolize man's duty in his earthly relations, or his moral obligations to his Fellowmen. The symbolism of the Square is as ancient as the Pyramids. The Egyptians used it in building the Pyramids. The base of every pyramid is a perfect square, and to the Egyptians the Square was their highest and most sacred emblem. Even the Chinese many, many centuries ago used the Square to represent Good, and Confucius in his writings speaks of the Square to represent a Just man.

As Masons we have adopted the 47th Problem of Euclid as the rule by which to determine or prove a perfect Square. Many of us remember with what interest we solved that problem in our school days. The Square has become our most significant Emblem. It rests upon the open Bible on this altar; it is one of the three great Lights; and it is the chief ornament of the Worshipful Master. There is a good reason why this distinction has been conferred upon the Square. There can be nothing truer than a perfect Square--a right angle. Hence the Square has become an emblem of Perfection.

Now a few words as to the Compass: Astronomy was the second great science promulgated among men. In the process of Man's evolution there came a time when he began to look up to the stars and wonder at the vaulted Heavens above him. When he began to study the stars, he found that the Square was not adapted to the measurement of the Heavens. He must have circular measure; he needed to draw a circle from a central point, and so the Compass was employed. By the use of the Compass man began to study the starry Heavens, and as the Square primarily symbolized the Earth, the Compass began to symbolize the Heavens, the celestial canopy, the study of which has led men to think of God, and adore Him as the Supreme Architect of the Universe. In later times the Compass began to symbolize the spiritual or higher nature of man, and it is a significant fact that the circumference of a circle, which is a line without end, has become an emblem of Eternity and symbolizes Divinity; so the Compass, and the circle drawn by the Compass, both point men Heavenward and Godward.

The Masonic teaching concerning the two points of the Compass is very interesting and instructive. The novitiate in Masonry, as he kneels at this altar, and asks for Light sees the Square, which symbolizes his lower nature, he may well note the position of the Compass. As he takes another step, and asks for more Light, the position of the Compass is changed somewhat, symbolizing that his spiritual nature can, in some measure, overcome his evil tendencies. As he takes another step in Masonry, and asks for further Light, and hears the significant words, "and God said let there be Light, and there was Light," he sees the Compass in new light; and for the first time he sees the meaning, thus unmistakably alluding to the sacred and eternal truth that as the Heavens are higher than the Earth, so the spiritual is higher than the material, and the spiritual in man must have its proper place, and should be above his lower nature, and dominate all his thoughts and actions. That eminent Philosopher, Edmund Burke, once said, "It is ordained that men of intemperate passions cannot be free. Their passions forge the chains which bind them, and make them slaves." Burke was right. Masonry, through the beautiful symbolism of the Compass, tells us how we can be free men, by permitting the spiritual within us to overcome our evil tendencies, and dominate all our thoughts and actions. Brethren, sometimes in the silent quiet hour, as we think of this conflict between our lower and higher natures, we sometimes say in the words of another, "Show me the way and let me bravely climb to where all conflicts with the flesh shall cease. Show me that way. Show me the way up to a higher plane where my body shall be servant of my Soul. Show me that way."

Brethren, if that prayer expresses desire of our hearts, let us take heed to the beautiful teachings of the Compass, which silently and persistently tells each one of us,

"You should not in the valley stay

While the great horizons stretch away

The very cliffs that wall you round

Are ladders up to higher ground.

And Heaven draws near as you ascend,

The Breeze invites, the Stars befriend.

All things are beckoning to the Best,

Then climb toward God and find sweet Rest."

Ivoted2015 by James Partsch-Galvan

2

Screen reader users: click this link for accessible mode. Accessible mode has the same essential features but works better with your reader.

Go to Google Books Home

Patents

Application

Grant

Find prior art

Discuss this patent

View PDF

Download PDF

Patent US6506148 - Nervous system manipulation by electromagnetic fields from monitors

Publication number US6506148 B2

Publication type Grant

Application number US 09/872,528

Publication date Jan 14, 2003

Filing date Jun 1, 2001

Priority date Jun 1, 2001

Fee status Paid

Also published as US20020188164

Inventors Hendricus G. Loos

Original Assignee Hendricus G. Loos

Export Citation BiBTeX, EndNote, RefMan

Patent Citations (16), Non-Patent Citations (5), Referenced by (3), Classifications (6), Legal Events (3)

External Links: USPTO, USPTO Assignment, Espacenet

Nervous system manipulation by electromagnetic fields from monitors

US 6506148 B2

Abstract

Physiological effects have been observed in a human subject in response to stimulation of the skin with weak electromagnetic fields that are pulsed with certain frequencies near ½ Hz or 2.4 Hz, such as to excite a sensory resonance. Many computer monitors and TV tubes, when displaying pulsed images, emit pulsed electromagnetic fields of sufficient amplitudes to cause such excitation. It is therefore possible to manipulate the nervous system of a subject by pulsing images displayed on a nearby computer monitor or TV set. For the latter, the image pulsing may be imbedded in the program material, or it may be overlaid by modulating a video stream, either as an RF signal or as a video signal. The image displayed on a computer monitor may be pulsed effectively by a simple computer program. For certain monitors, pulsed electromagnetic fields capable of exciting sensory resonances in nearby subjects may be generated even as the displayed images are pulsed with subliminal intensity.

Images(10)

Patent Drawing

Claims(14)

I claim:

1. A method for manipulating the nervous system of a subject located near a monitor, the monitor emitting an electromagnetic field when displaying an image by virtue of the physical display process, the subject having a sensory resonance frequency, the method comprising:

creating a video signal for displaying an image on the monitor, the image having an intensity;

modulating the video signal for pulsing the image intensity with a frequency in the range 0.1 Hz to 15 Hz; and

setting the pulse frequency to the resonance frequency.

2. A computer program for manipulating the nervous system of a subject located near a monitor, the monitor emitting an electromagnetic field when displaying an image by virtue of the physical display process, the subject having cutaneous nerves that fire spontaneously and have spiking patterns, the computer program comprising:

a display routine for displaying an image on the monitor, the image having an intensity;

a pulse routine for pulsing the image intensity with a frequency in the range 0.1 Hz to 15 Hz; and

a frequency routine that can be internally controlled by the subject, for setting the frequency;

whereby the emitted electromagnetic field is pulsed, the cutaneous nerves are exposed to the pulsed electromagnetic field, and the spiking patterns of the nerves acquire a frequency modulation.

3. The computer program of claim 2, wherein the pulsing has an amplitude and the program further comprises an amplitude routine for control of the amplitude by the subject.

4. The computer program of claim 2, wherein the pulse routine comprises:

a timing procedure for timing the pulsing; and

an extrapolation procedure for improving the accuracy of the timing procedure.

5. The computer program of claim 2, further comprising a variability routine for introducing variability in the pulsing.

6. Hardware means for manipulating the nervous system of a subject located near a monitor, the monitor being responsive to a video stream and emitting an electromagnetic field when displaying an image by virtue of the physical display process, the image having an intensity, the subject having cutaneous nerves that fire spontaneously and have spiking patterns, the hardware means comprising:

pulse generator for generating voltage pulses;

means, responsive to the voltage pulses, for modulating the video stream to pulse the image intensity;

whereby the emitted electromagnetic field is pulsed, the cutaneous nerves are exposed to the pulsed electromagnetic field, and the spiking patterns of the nerves acquire a frequency modulation.

7. The hardware means of claim 6, wherein the video stream is a composite video signal that has a pseudo-dc level, and the means for modulating the video stream comprise means for pulsing the pseudo-dc level.

8. The hardware means of claim 6, wherein the video stream is a television broadcast signal, and the means for modulating the video stream comprise means for frequency wobbling of the television broadcast signal.

9. The hardware means of claim 6, wherein the monitor has a brightness adjustment terminal, and the means for modulating the video stream comprise a connection from the pulse generator to the brightness adjustment terminal.

10. A source of video stream for manipulating the nervous system of a subject located near a monitor, the monitor emitting an electromagnetic field when displaying an image by virtue of the physical display process, the subject having cutaneous nerves that fire spontaneously and have spiking patterns, the source of video stream comprising:

means for defining an image on the monitor, the image having an intensity; and

means for subliminally pulsing the image intensity with a frequency in the range 0.1 Hz to 15 Hz;

whereby the emitted electromagnetic field is pulsed, the cutaneous nerves are exposed to the pulsed electromagnetic field, and the spiking patterns of the nerves acquire a frequency modulation.

11. The source of video stream of claim 10 wherein the source is a recording medium that has recorded data, and the means for subliminally pulsing the image intensity comprise an attribute of the recorded data.

12. The source of video stream of claim 10 wherein the source is a computer program, and the means for subliminally pulsing the image intensity comprise a pulse routine.

13. The source of video stream of claim 10 wherein the source is a recording of a physical scene, and the means for subliminally pulsing the image intensity comprise:

pulse generator for generating voltage pulses;

light source for illuminating the scene, the light source having a power level; and

modulation means, responsive to the voltage pulses, for pulsing the power level.

14. The source of video stream of claim 10, wherein the source is a DVD, the video stream comprises a luminance signal and a chrominance signal, and the means for subliminal pulsing of the image intensity comprise means for pulsing the luminance signal.

Description

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The invention relates to the stimulation of the human nervous system by an electromagnetic field applied externally to the body. A neurological effect of external electric fields has been mentioned by Wiener (1958), in a discussion of the bunching of brain waves through nonlinear interactions. The electric field was arranged to provide “a direct electrical driving of the brain”. Wiener describes the field as set up by a 10 Hz alternating voltage of 400 V applied in a room between ceiling and ground. Brennan (1992) describes in U.S. Pat. No. 5,169,380 an apparatus for alleviating disruptions in circadian rythms of a mammal, in which an alternating electric field is applied across the head of the subject by two electrodes placed a short distance from the skin.

A device involving a field electrode as well as a contact electrode is the “Graham Potentializer” mentioned by Hutchison (1991). This relaxation device uses motion, light and sound as well as an alternating electric field applied mainly to the head. The contact electrode is a metal bar in Ohmic contact with the bare feet of the subject, and the field electrode is a hemispherical metal headpiece placed several inches from the subject's head.

In these three electric stimulation methods the external electric field is applied predominantly to the head, so that electric currents are induced in the brain in the physical manner governed by electrodynamics. Such currents can be largely avoided by applying the field not to the head, but rather to skin areas away from the head. Certain cutaneous receptors may then be stimulated and they would provide a signal input into the brain along the natural pathways of afferent nerves. It has been found that, indeed, physiological effects can be induced in this manner by very weak electric fields, if they are pulsed with a frequency near ½ Hz. The observed effects include ptosis of the eyelids, relaxation, drowziness, the feeling of pressure at a centered spot on the lower edge of the brow, seeing moving patterns of dark purple and greenish yellow with the eyes closed, a tonic smile, a tense feeling in the stomach, sudden loose stool, and sexual excitement, depending on the precise frequency used, and the skin area to which the field is applied. The sharp frequency dependence suggests involvement of a resonance mechanism.

It has been found that the resonance can be excited not only by externally applied pulsed electric fields, as discussed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,782,874, 5,899,922, 6,081,744, and 6,167,304, but also by pulsed magnetic fields, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,935,054 and 6,238,333, by weak heat pulses applied to the skin, as discussed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,800,481 and 6,091,994, and by subliminal acoustic pulses, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,017,302. Since the resonance is excited through sensory pathways, it is called a sensory resonance. In addition to the resonance near ½ Hz, a sensory resonance has been found near 2.4 Hz. The latter is characterized by the slowing of certain cortical processes, as discussed in the '481, '922, '302, '744, '944, and '304 patents.

The excitation of sensory resonances through weak heat pulses applied to the skin provides a clue about what is going on neurologically. Cutaneous temperature-sensing receptors are known to fire spontaneously. These nerves spike somewhat randomly around an average rate that depends on skin temperature. Weak heat pulses delivered to the skin in periodic fashion will therefore cause a slight frequency modulation (fm) in the spike patterns generated by the nerves. Since stimulation through other sensory modalities results in similar physiological effects, it is believed that frequency modulation of spontaneous afferent neural spiking patterns occurs there as well.

It is instructive to apply this notion to the stimulation by weak electric field pulses administered to the skin. The externally generated fields induce electric current pulses in the underlying tissue, but the current density is much too small for firing an otherwise quiescent nerve. However, in experiments with adapting stretch receptors of the crayfish, Terzuolo and Bullock (1956) have observed that very small electric fields can suffice for modulating the firing of already active nerves. Such a modulation may occur in the electric field stimulation under discussion.

Further understanding may be gained by considering the electric charges that accumulate on the skin as a result of the induced tissue currents. Ignoring thermodynamics, one would expect the accumulated polarization charges to be confined strictly to the outer surface of the skin. But charge density is caused by a slight excess in positive or negative ions, and thermal motion distributes the ions through a thin layer. This implies that the externally applied electric field actually penetrates a short distance into the tissue, instead of stopping abruptly at the outer skin surface. In this manner a considerable fraction of the applied field may be brought to bear on some cutaneous nerve endings, so that a slight modulation of the type noted by Terzuolo and Bullock may indeed occur.

The mentioned physiological effects are observed only when the strength of the electric field on the skin lies in a certain range, called the effective intensity window. There also is a bulk effect, in that weaker fields suffice when the field is applied to a larger skin area. These effects are discussed in detail in the '922 patent.

Since the spontaneous spiking of the nerves is rather random and the frequency modulation induced by the pulsed field is very shallow, the signal to noise ratio (S/N) for the fm signal contained in the spike trains along the afferent nerves is so small as to make recovery of the fm signal from a single nerve fiber impossibile. But application of the field over a large skin area causes simultaneous stimulation of many cutaneous nerves, and the fm modulation is then coherent from nerve to nerve. Therefore, if the afferent signals are somehow summed in the brain, the fm modulations add while the spikes from different nerves mix and interlace. In this manner the S/N can be increased by appropriate neural processing. The matter is discussed in detail in the '874 patent. Another increase in sensitivity is due to involving a resonance mechanism, wherein considerable neural circuit oscillations can result from weak excitations.

An easily detectable physiological effect of an excited ½ Hz sensory resonance is ptosis of the eyelids. As discussed in the '922 patent, the ptosis test involves first closing the eyes about half way. Holding this eyelid position, the eyes are rolled upward, while giving up voluntary control of the eyelids. The eyelid position is then determined by the state of the autonomic nervous system. Furthermore, the pressure excerted on the eyeballs by the partially closed eyelids increases parasympathetic activity. The eyelid position thereby becomes somewhat labile, as manifested by a slight flutter. The labile state is sensitive to very small shifts in autonomic state. The ptosis influences the extent to which the pupil is hooded by the eyelid, and thus how much light is admitted to the eye. Hence, the depth of the ptosis is seen by the subject, and can be graded on a scale from 0 to 10.

In the initial stages of the excitation of the ½ Hz sensory resonance, a downward drift is detected in the ptosis frequency, defined as the stimulation frequency for which maximum ptosis is obtained. This drift is believed to be caused by changes in the chemical milieu of the resonating neural circuits. It is thought that the resonance causes perturbations of chemical concentrations somewhere in the brain, and that these perturbations spread by diffusion to nearby resonating circuits. This effect, called “chemical detuning”, can be so strong that ptosis is lost altogether when the stimulation frequency is kept constant in the initial stages of the excitation. Since the stimulation then falls somewhat out of tune, the resonance decreases in amplitude and chemical detuning eventually diminishes. This causes the ptosis frequency to shift back up, so that the stimulation is more in tune and the ptosis can develop again. As a result, for fixed stimulation frequencies in a certain range, the ptosis slowly cycles with a frequency of several minutes. The matter is discussed in the '302 patent.

The stimulation frequencies at which specific physiological effects occur depend somewhat on the autonomic nervous system state, and probably on the endocrine state as well.

Weak magnetic fields that are pulsed with a sensory resonance frequency can induce the same physiological effects as pulsed electric fields. Unlike the latter however, the magnetic fields penetrate biological tissue with nearly undiminished strength. Eddy currents in the tissue drive electric charges to the skin, where the charge distributions are subject to thermal smearing in much the same way as in electric field stimulation, so that the same physiological effects develop. Details are discussed in the '054 patent.

SUMMARY

Computer monotors and TV monitors can be made to emit weak low-frequency electromagnetic fields merely by pulsing the intensity of displayed images. Experiments have shown that the ½ Hz sensory resonance can be excited in this manner in a subject near the monitor. The 2.4 Hz sensory resonance can also be excited in this fashion. Hence, a TV monitor or computer monitor can be used to manipulate the nervous system of nearby people.

The implementations of the invention are adapted to the source of video stream that drives the monitor, be it a computer program, a TV broadcast, a video tape or a digital video disc (DVD).

For a computer monitor, the image pulses can be produced by a suitable computer program. The pulse frequency may be controlled through keyboard input, so that the subject can tune to an individual sensory resonance frequency. The pulse amplitude can be controlled as well in this manner. A program written in Visual Basic(R) is particularly suitable for use on computers that run the Windows 95(R) or Windows 98(R) operating system. The structure of such a program is described. Production of periodic pulses requires an accurate timing procedure. Such a procedure is constructed from the GetTimeCount function available in the Application Program Interface (API) of the Windows operating system, together with an extrapolation procedure that improves the timing accuracy.

Pulse variability can be introduced through software, for the purpose of thwarting habituation of the nervous system to the field stimulation, or when the precise resonance frequency is not known. The variability may be a pseudo-random variation within a narrow interval, or it can take the form of a frequency or amplitude sweep in time. The pulse variability may be under control of the subject.

The program that causes a monitor to display a pulsing image may be run on a remote computer that is connected to the user computer by a link; the latter may partly belong to a network, which may be the Internet.

For a TV monitor, the image pulsing may be inherent in the video stream as it flows from the video source, or else the stream may be modulated such as to overlay the pulsing. In the first case, a live TV broadcast can be arranged to have the feature imbedded simply by slightly pulsing the illumination of the scene that is being broadcast. This method can of course also be used in making movies and recording video tapes and DVDs.

Video tapes can be edited such as to overlay the pulsing by means of modulating hardware. A simple modulator is discussed wherein the luminance signal of composite video is pulsed without affecting the chroma signal. The same effect may be introduced at the consumer end, by modulating the video stream that is produced by the video source. A DVD can be edited through software, by introducing pulse-like variations in the digital RGB signals. Image intensity pulses can be overlaid onto the analog component video output of a DVD player by modulating the luminance signal component. Before entering the TV set, a television signal can be modulated such as to cause pulsing of the image intensity by means of a variable delay line that is connected to a pulse generator.

Certain monitors can emit electromagnetic field pulses that excite a sensory resonance in a nearby subject, through image pulses that are so weak as to be subliminal. This is unfortunate since it opens a way for mischievous application of the invention, whereby people are exposed unknowingly to manipulation of their nervous systems for someone else's purposes. Such application would be unethical and is of course not advocated. It is mentioned here in order to alert the public to the possibility of covert abuse that may occur while being online, or while watching TV, a video, or a DVD.

DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 illustrates the electromagnetic field that emanates from a monitor when the video signal is modulated such as to cause pulses in image intensity, and a nearby subject who is exposed to the field.

FIG. 2 shows a circuit for modulation of a composite video signal for the purpose of pulsing the image intensity.

FIG. 3 shows the circuit for a simple pulse generator.

FIG. 4 illustrates how a pulsed electromagnetic field can be generated with a computer monitor.

FIG. 5 shows a pulsed electromagnetic field that is generated by a television set through modulation of the RF signal input to the TV.

FIG. 6 outlines the structure of a computer program for producing a pulsed image.

FIG. 7 shows an extrapolation procedure introduced for improving timing accuracy of the program of FIG. 6.

FIG. 8 illustrates the action of the extrapolation procedure of FIG. 7.

FIG. 9 shows a subject exposed to a pulsed electromagnetic field emanating from a monitor which is responsive to a program running on a remote computer via a link that involves the Internet.

FIG. 10 shows the block diagram of a circuit for frequency wobbling of a TV signal for the purpose of pulsing the intensity of the image displayed on a TV monitor.

FIG. 11 depicts schematically a recording medium in the form of a video tape with recorded data, and the attribute of the signal that causes the intensity of the displayed image to be pulsed.

FIG. 12 illustrates how image pulsing can be embedded in a video signal by pulsing the illumination of the scene that is being recorded.

FIG. 13 shows a routine that introduces pulse variability into the computer program of FIG. 6.

FIG. 14 shows schematically how a CRT emits an electromagnetic field when the displayed image is pulsed.

FIG. 15 shows how the intensity of the image displayed on a monitor can be pulsed through the brightness control terminal of the monitor.

FIG. 16 illustrates the action of the polarization disc that serves as a model for grounded conductors in the back of a CRT screen.

FIG. 17 shows the circuit for overlaying image intensity pulses on a DVD output.

FIG. 18 shows measured data for pulsed electric fields emitted by two different CRT type monitors, and a comparison with theory.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Computer monitors and TV monitors emit electromagnetic fields. Part of the emission occurs at the low frequencies at which displayed images are changing. For instance, a rythmic pulsing of the intensity of an image causes electromagnetic field emission at the pulse frequency, with a strength proportional to the pulse amplitude. The field is briefly referred to as “screen emission”. In discussing this effect, any part or all what is displayed on the monitor screen is called an image. A monitor of the cathode ray tube (CRT) type has three electron beams, one for each of the basic colors red, green, and blue. The intensity of an image is here defined as

I=∫j dA, (1)

where the integral extends over the image, and

j=jr+jg+jb, (2)

jr, jg, and jb being the electric current densities in the red, green, and blue electron beams at the surface area dA of the image on the screen. The current densities are to be taken in the distributed electron beam model, where the discreteness of pixels and the raster motion of the beams are ignored, and the back of the monitor screen is thought to be irradiated by diffuse electron beams. The beam current densities are then functions of the coordinates x and y over the screen. The model is appropriate since we are interested in the electromagnetic field emision caused by image pulsing with the very low frequencies of sensory resonances, whereas the emissions with the much higher horizontal and vertical sweep frequencies are of no concern. For a CRT the intensity of an image is expressed in millamperes.

For a liquid crystal display (LCD), the current densities in the definition of image intensity are to be replaced by driving voltages, multiplied by the aperture ratio of the device. For an LCD, image intensities are thus expressed in volts.

It will be shown that for a CRT or LCD screen emissions are caused by fluctuations in image intensity. In composite video however, intensity as defined above is not a primary signal feature, but luminance Y is. For any pixel one has

Y=0.299R+0.587G+0.114B, (3)

where R, G, and B are the intensities of the pixel respectively in red, green and blue, normalized such as to range from 0 to 1. The definition (3) was provided by the Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage (CIE), in order to account for brightness differences at different colors, as perceived by the human visual system. In composite video the hue of the pixel is determined by the chroma signal or chrominance, which has the components R-Y and B-Y It follows that pulsing pixel luminance while keeping the hue fixed is equivalent to pulsing the pixel intensity, up to an amplitude factor. This fact will be relied upon when modulating a video stream such as to overlay image intensity pulses.

It turns out that the screen emission has a multipole expansion wherein both monopole and dipole contributions are proportional to the rate of change of the intensity I of (1). The higher order multipole contributions are proportional to the rate of change of moments of the current density j over the image, but since these contributions fall off rapidly with distance, they are not of practical importance in the present context. Pulsing the intensity of an image may involve different pulse amplitudes, frequencies, or phases for different parts of the image. Any or all of these features may be under subject control.

The question arises whether the screen emission can be strong enough to excite sensory resonances in people located at normal viewing distances from the monitor. This turns out to be the case, as shown by sensory resonance experiments and independently by measuring the strength of the emitted electric field pulses and comparing the results with the effective intensity window as explored in earlier work.

One-half Hertz sensory resonance experiments have been conducted with the subject positioned at least at normal viewing distance from a 15″ computer monitor that was driven by a computer program written in Visual Basic(R), version 6.0 (VB6). The program produces a pulsed image with uniform luminance and hue over the full screen, except for a few small control buttons and text boxes. In VB6, screen pixel colors are determined by integers R, G, and B, that range from 0 to 255, and set the contributions to the pixel color made by the basic colors red, green, and blue. For a CRT-type monitor, the pixel intensities for the primary colors may depend on the RGB values in a nonlinear manner that will be discussed. In the VB6 program the RGB values are modulated by small pulses ΔR, ΔG, ΔB, with a frequency that can be chosen by the subject or is swept in a predetermined manner. In the sensory resonance experiments mentioned above, the ratios ΔR/R, ΔG/G, and ΔB/B were always smaller than 0.02, so that the image pulses are quite weak. For certain frequencies near ½ Hz, the subject experienced physiological effects that are known to accompany the excitation of the ½ Hz sensory resonance as mentioned in the Background Section. Moreover, the measured field pulse amplitudes fall within the effective intensity window for the ½ Hz resonance, as explored in earlier experiments and discussed in the '874, '744, '922, and '304 patents. Other experiments have shown that the 2.4 Hz sensory resonance can be exited as well by screen emissions from monitors that display pulsed images.

These results confirm that, indeed, the nervous system of a subject can be manipulated through electromagnetic field pulses emitted by a nearby CRT or LCD monitor which displays images with pulsed intensity.

The various implementations of the invention are adapted to the different sources of video stream, such as video tape, DVD, a computer program, or a TV broadcast through free space or cable. In all of these implementations, the subject is exposed to the pulsed electromagnetic field that is generated by the monitor as the result of image intensity pulsing. Certain cutaneous nerves of the subject exhibit spontaneous spiking in patterns which, although rather random, contain sensory information at least in the form of average frequency. Some of these nerves have receptors that respond to the field stimulation by changing their average spiking frequency, so that the spiking patterns of these nerves acquire a frequency modulation, which is conveyed to the brain. The modulation can be particularly effective if it has a frequency at or near a sensory resonance frequency. Such frequencies are expected to lie in the range from 0.1 to 15 Hz.

An embodiment of the invention adapted to a VCR is shown in FIG. 1, where a subject 4 is exposed to a pulsed electric field 3 and a pulsed magnetic field 39 that are emitted by a monitor 2, labeled “MON”, as the result of pulsing the intensity of the displayed image. The image is here generated by a video casette recorder 1, labeled “VCR”, and the pulsing of the image intensity is obtained by modulating the composite video signal from the VCR output. This is done by a video modulator 5, labeled “VM”, which responds to the signal from the pulse generator 6, labeled “GEN”. The frequency and amplitude of the image pulses can be adjusted with the frequency control 7 and amplitude control 8. Frequency and amplitude adjustments can be made by the subject.

The circuit of the video modulator 5 of FIG. 1 is shown in FIG. 2, where the video amplifiers 11 and 12 process the composite video signal that enters at the input terminal 13. The level of the video signal is modulated slowly by injecting a small bias current at the inverting input 17 of the first amplifier 11. This current is caused by voltage pulses supplied at the modulation input 16, and can be adjusted through the potentiometer 15. Since the noninverting input of the amplifier is grounded, the inverting input 17 is kept essentially at ground potential, so that the bias current is is not influenced by the video signal. The inversion of the signal by the first amplifier 11 is undone by the second amplifier 12. The gains of the amplifiers are chosen such as to give a unity overall gain. A slowly varying current injected at the inverting input 17 causes a slow shift in the “pseudo-dc” level of the composite video signal, here defined as the short-term average of the signal. Since the pseudo-dc level of the chroma signal section determines the luminance, the latter is modulated by the injected current pulses. The chroma signal is not affected by the slow modulation of the pseudodc level, since that signal is determined by the amplitude and phase with respect to the color carrier which is locked to the color burst. The effect on the sync pulses and color bursts is of no consequence either if the injected current pulses are very small, as they are in practice. The modulated composite video signal, available at the output 14 in FIG. 2, will thus exhibit a modulated luminance, whereas the chroma signal is unchanged. In the light of the foregoing discussion about luminance and intensity, it follows that the modulator of FIG. 2 causes a pulsing of the image intensity I. It remains to give an example how the pulse signal at the modulation input 16 may be obtained. FIG. 3 shows a pulse generator that is suitable for this purpose, wherein the RC timer 21 (Intersil ICM7555) is hooked up for astable operation and produces a square wave voltage with a frequency that is determined by capacitor 22 and potentiometer 23. The timer 21 is powered by a battery 26, controlled by the switch 27. The square wave voltage at output 25 drives the LED 24, which may be used for monitoring of the pulse frequency, and also serves as power indicator. The pulse output may be rounded in ways that are well known in the art. In the setup of FIG. 1, the output of VCR 1 is connected to the video input 13 of FIG. 2, and the video output 14 is connected to the monitor 2 of FIG. 1.

In the preferred embodiment of the invention, the image intensity pulsing is caused by a computer program. As shown in FIG. 4, monitor 2, labeled “MON”, is connected to computer 31 labeled “COMPUTER”, which runs a program that produces an image on the monitor and causes the image intensity to be pulsed. The subject 4 can provide input to the computer through the keyboard 32 that is connected to the computer by the connection 33. This input may involve adjustments of the frequency or the amplitude or the variability of the image intensity pulses. In particular, the pulse frequency can be set to a sensory resonance frequency of the subject for the purpose of exciting the resonance.

The structure of a computer program for pulsing image intensity is shown in FIG. 6. The program may be written in Visual Basic(R) version 6.0 (VB6), which involves the graphics interface familiar from the Windows(R) operating system. The images appear as forms equipped with user controls such as command buttons and scroll bars, together with data displays such as text boxes. A compiled VB6 program is an executable file. When activated, the program declares variables and functions to be called from a dynamic link library (DLL) that is attached to the operating system; an initial form load is performed as well. The latter comprises setting the screen color as specified by integers R, G, and B in the range 0 to 255, as mentioned above. In FIG. 6, the initial setting of the screen color is labeled as 50. Another action of the form load routine is the computation 51 of the sine function at eight equally spaced points, I=0 to 7, around the unit circle. These values are needed when modulating the RGB numbers. Unfortunately, the sine function is distorted by the rounding to integer RGB values that occurs in the VB6 program. The image is chosen to fill as much of the screen area as possible, and it has spatially uniform luminance and hue.

The form appearing on the monitor displays a command button for starting and stopping the image pulsing, together with scroll bars 52 and 53 respectively for adjustment of the pulse frequency F and the pulse amplitude A. These pulses could be initiated by a system timer which is activated upon the elapse of a preset time interval. However, timers in VB6 are too inaccurate for the purpose of providing the eight RGB adjustment points in each pulse cycle. An improvement can be obtained by using the GetTickCount function that is available in the Application Program Interface (API) of Windows 95(R) and Windows 98(R). The GetTickCount function returns the system time that has elapsed since starting Windows, expressed in milliseconds. User activation of the start button 54 provides a tick count TN through request 55 and sets the timer interval to TT miliseconds, in step 56. TT was previously calculated in the frequency routine that is activated by changing the frequency, denoted as step 52.

Since VB6 is an event-driven program, the flow chart for the program falls into disjoint pieces. Upon setting the timer interval to TT in step 56, the timer runs in the background while the program may execute subroutines such as adjustment of pulse frequency or amplitude. Upon elapse of the timer interval TT, the timer subroutine 57 starts execution with request 58 for a tick count, and in 59 an upgrade is computed of the time TN for the next point at which the RGB values are to be adjusted. In step 59 the timer is turned off, to be reactivated later in step 67. Step 59 also resets the parameter CR which plays a role in the extrapolation procedure 61 and the condition 60. For ease of understanding at this point, it is best to pretend that the action of 61 is simply to get a tick count, and to consider the loop controled by condition 60 while keeping CR equal to zero. The loop would terminate when the tick count M reaches or exceeds the time TN for the next phase point, at which time the program should adjust the image intensity through steps 63-65. For now step 62 is to be ignored also, since it has to do with the actual extrapolation procedure 61. The increments to the screen colors R1, G1, and B1 at the new phase point are computed according to the sine function, applied with the amplitude A that was set by the user in step 53. The number I that labels the phase point is incremented by unity in step 65, but if this results in I=8 the value is reset to zero in 66. Finally, the timer is reactivated in step 67, initiating a new ⅛-cycle step in the periodic progression of RGB adjustments.

A program written in this way would exhibit a large jitter in the times at which the RGB values are changed. This is due to the lumpiness in the tick counts returned by the GetTickCount function. The lumpiness may be studied separately by running a simple loop with C=GetTickCount, followed by writing the result C to a file. Inspection shows that C has jumped every 14 or 15 milliseconds, between long stretches of constant values. Since for a ½ Hz image intensity modulation the ⅛-cycle phase points are 250 ms apart, the lumpiness of 14 or 15 ms in the tick count would cause considerable inaccuracy. The full extrapolation procedure 61 is introduced in order to diminish the jitter to acceptable levels. The procedure works by refining the heavy-line staircase function shown in FIG. 8, using the slope RR of a recent staircase step to accurately determine the loop count 89 at which the loop controled by 60 needs to be exited. Details of the extrapolation procedure are shown in FIG. 7 and illustrated in FIG. 8. The procedure starts at 70 with both flags off, and CR=0, because of the assignment in 59 or 62 in FIG. 6. A tick count M is obtained at 71, and the remaining time MR to the next phase point is computed in 72. Conditions 77 and 73 are not satisfied and therefore passed vertically in the flow chart, so that only the delay block 74 and the assignments 75 are executed. Condition 60 of FIG. 6 is checked and found to be satisfied, so that the extrapolation procedure is reentered. The process is repeated until the condition 73 is met when the remaining time MR jumps down through the 15 ms level, shown in FIG. 8 as the transition 83. The condition 73 then directs the logic flow to the assignments 76, in which the number DM labeled by 83 is computed, and FLG1 is set. The computation of DM is required for finding the slope RR of the straight-line element 85. One also needs the “Final LM” 86, which is the number of loops traversed from step 83 to the next downward step 84, here shown to cross the MR=0 axis. The final LM is determined after repeatedly incrementing LM through the side loop entered from the FLG1=1 condition 77, which is now satisfied since FLG1 was set in step 76. At the transition 84 the condition 78 is met, so that the assignments 79 are executed. This includes computation of the slope RR of the line element 85, setting FLG2, and resetting FLG1. From here on, the extrapolation procedure increments CR in steps of RR while skipping tick counts until condition 60 of FIG. 6 is violated, the loop is exited, and the RGB values are adjusted.

A delay block 74 is used in order to stretch the time required for traversing the extrapolation procedure. The block can be any computation intensive subroutine such as repeated calculations of tangent and arc tangent functions.

As shown in step 56 of FIG. 6, the timer interval TT is set to 4/10 of the time TA from one RGB adjustment point to the next. Since the timer runs in the background, this arrangement provides an opportunity for execution of other processes such as user adjustment of frequency or amplitude of the pulses.

The adjustment of the frequency and other pulse parameters of the image intensity modulation can be made internally, i.e., within the running program. Such internal control is to be distinguished from the external control provided, for instance, in screen savers. In the latter, the frequency of animation can be modified by the user, but only after having exited the screen saver program. Specifically, in Windows 95(R) or Windows 98(R), to change the animation frequency requires stopping the screen saver execution by moving the mouse, whereafter the frequency may be adjusted through the control panel. The requirement that the control be internal sets the present program apart from so-called banners as well.

The program may be run on a remote computer that is linked to the user computer, as illustrated in FIG. 9. Although the monitor 2, labeled “MON”, is connected to the computer 31′, labeled “COMPUTER”, the program that pulses the images on the monitor 2 runs on the remoter computer 90, labeled “REMOTE COMPUTER”, which is connected to computer 31′ through a link 91 which may in part belong to a network. The network may comprise the Internet 92.

The monitor of a television set emits an electromagnetic field in much the same way as a computer monitor. Hence, a TV may be used to produce screen emissions for the purpose of nervous system manipulation. FIG. 5 shows such an arrangement, where the pulsing of the image intensity is achieved by inducing a small slowly pulsing shift in the frequency of the RF signal that enters from the antenna. This process is here called “frequency wobbling” of the RF signal. In FM TV, a slight slow frequency wobble of the RF signal produces a pseudo-dc signal level fluctuation in the composite video signal, which in turn causes a slight intensity fluctuation of the image displayed on the monitor in the same manner as discussed above for the modulator of FIG. 2. The frequency wobbling is induced by the wobbler 44 of FIG. 5 labeled “RFM”, which is placed in the antenna line 43. The wobbler is driven by the pulse generator 6, labeled “GEN”. The subject can adjust the frequency and the amplitude of the wobble through the tuning control 7 and the amplitude control 41. FIG. 10 shows a block diagram of the frequency wobbler circuit that employs a variable delay line 94, labelled “VDL”. The delay is determined by the signal from pulse generator 6, labelled “GEN”. The frequency of the pulses can be adjusted with the tuning control 7. The amplitude of the pulses is determined by the unit 98, labelled “MD”, and can be adjusted with the amplitude control 41. Optionally, the input to the delay line may be routed through a preprocessor 93, labelled “PRP”, which may comprise a selective RF amplifier and down converter; a complimentary up conversion should then be performed on the delay line output by a postprocessor 95, labelled “POP”. The output 97 is to be connected to the antenna terminal of the TV set.

The action of the variable delay line 94 may be understood as follows. Let periodic pulses with period L be presented at the input. For a fixed delay the pulses would emerge at the output with the same period L. Actually, the time delay T is varied slowly, so that it increases approximately by LdT/dt between the emergence of consecutive pulses at the device output. The pulse period is thus increased approximately by

ΔL=LdT/dt. (4)

In terms of the frequency ∫, Eq. (4) implies approximately

Δ∫/∫=−dT/dt. (5)

For sinusoidal delay T(t) with amplitude b and frequency g, one has

Δ∫/∫=−2πgb cos (2πgt), (6)

which shows the frequency wobbling. The approximation is good for gb<<1, which is satisfied in practice. The relative frequency shift amplitude 2πgb that is required for effective image intensity pulses is very small compared to unity. For a pulse frequency g of the order of 1 Hz, the delay may have to be of the order of a millisecond. To accomodate such long delay values, the delay line may have to be implemented as a digital device. To do so is well within the present art. In that case it is natural to also choose digital implementations for the pulse generator 6 and the pulse amplitude controller 98, either as hardware or as software.

Pulse variability may be introduced for alleviating the need for precise tuning to a resonance frequency. This may be important when sensory resonance frequencies are not precisely known, because of the variation among individuals, or in order to cope with the frequency drift that results from chemical detuning that is discussed in the '874 patent. A field with suitably chosen pulse variability can then be more effective than a fixed frequency field that is out of tune. One may also control tremors and seizures, by interfering with the pathological oscillatory activity of neural circuits that occurs in these disorders. Electromagnetic fields with a pulse variability that results in a narrow spectrum of frequencies around the frequency of the pathological oscillatory activity may then evoke nerve signals that cause phase shifts which diminish or quench the oscillatory activity.

Pulse variability can be introduced as hardware in the manner described in the '304 patent. The variability may also be introduced in the computer program of FIG. 6, by setting FLG3 in step 68, and choosing the amplitude B of the frequency fluctuation. In the variability routine 46, shown in some detail in FIG. 13, FLG3 is detected in step 47, whereupon in steps 48 and 49 the pulse frequency F is modified pseudo randomly by a term proportional to B, every 4th cycle. Optionally, the amplitude of the image intensity pulsing may be modified as well, in similar fashion. Alternatively, the frequency and amplitude may be swept through an adjustable ramp, or according to any suitable schedule, in a manner known to those skilled in the art. The pulse variability may be applied to subliminal image intensity pulses.

When an image is displayed by a TV monitor in response to a TV broadcast, intensity pulses of the image may simply be imbedded in the program material. If the source of video signal is a recording medium, the means for pulsing the image intensity may comprise an attribute of recorded data. The pulsing may be subliminal. For the case of a video signal from a VCR, the pertinent data attribute is illustrated in FIG. 11, which shows a video signal record on part of a video tape 28. Depicted schematically are segments of the video signal in intervals belonging to lines in three image frames at different places along the tape. In each segment, the chroma signal 9 is shown, with its short-term average level 29 represented as a dashed line. The short-term average signal level, also called the pseudo-dc level, represents the luminance of the image pixels. Over each segment, the level is here constant because the image is for simplicity chosen as having a uniform luminance over the screen. However, the level is seen to vary from frame to frame, illustrating a luminance that pulses slowly over time. This is shown in the lower portion of the drawing, wherein the IRE level of the short-term chroma signal average is plotted versus time. The graph further shows a gradual decrease of pulse amplitude in time, illustrating that luminance pulse amplitude variations may also be an attribute of the recorded data on the video tape. As discussed, pulsing the luminance for fixed chrominance results in pulsing of the image intensity.

Data stream attributes that represent image intensity pulses on video tape or in TV signals may be created when producing a video rendition or making a moving picture of a scene, simply by pulsing the illumination of the scene. This is illustrated in FIG. 12, which shows a scene 19 that is recorded with a video camera 18, labelled “VR”. The scene is illuminated with a lamp 20, labelled “LAMP”, energized by an electric current through a cable 36. The current is modulated in pulsing fashion by a modulator 30, labeled “MOD”, which is driven by a pulse generator 6, labelled “GENERATOR”, that produces voltage pulses 35. Again, pulsing the luminance but not the chrominance amounts to pulsing the image intensity.

The brightness of monitors can usually be adjusted by a control, which may be addressable through a brightness adjustment terminal. If the control is of the analog type, the displayed image intensity may be pulsed as shown in FIG. 15, simply by a pulse generator 6, labeled “GEN”, that is connected to the brigthness adjustment terminal 88 of the monitor 2, labeled “MON”. Equivalent action can be provided for digital brightness controls, in ways that are well known in the art.

The analog component video signal from a DVD player may be modulated such as to overlay image intensity pulses in the manner illustrated in FIG. 17. Shown are a DVD player 102, labeled “DVD”, with analog component video output comprised of the luminance Y and chrominance C. The overlay is accomplished simply by shifting the luminance with a voltage pulse from generator 6, labeled “GENERATOR”. The generator output is applied to modulator 106, labeled “SHIFTER”. Since the luminance Y is pulsed without changing the chrominance C, the image intensity is pulsed. The frequency and amplitude of the image intensity pulses can be adjusted respectively with the tuner 7 and amplitude control 107. The modulator 105 has the same structure as the modulator of FIG. 2, and the pulse amplitude control 107 operates the potentiometer 15 of FIG. 2. The same procedure can be followed for editing a DVD such as to overlay image intensity pulses, by processing the modulated luminance signal through an analog-to-digital converter, and recording the resulting digital stream onto a DVD, after appropriate compression. Alternatively, the digital luminance data can be edited by electronic reading of the signal, decompression, altering the digital data by software, and recording the resulting digital signal after proper compression, all in a manner that is well known in the art.

The mechanism whereby a CRT-type monitor emits a pulsed electromagnetic field when pulsing the intensity of an image is illustrated in FIG. 14. The image is produced by an electron beam 10 which impinges upon the backside 88 of the screen, where the collisions excite phosphors that subsequently emit light. In the process, the electron beam deposits electrons 18 on the screen, and these electrons contribute to an electric field 3 labelled “E”. The electrons flow along the conductive backside 88 of the screen to the terminal 99 which is hooked up to the high-voltage supply 40, labelled “HV”. The circuit is completed by the ground connection of the supply, the video amplifier 87, labeled “VA”, and its connection to the cathodes of the CRT. The electron beams of the three electron guns are collectively shown as 10, and together the beams carry a current J. The electric current J flowing through the described circuit induces a magnetic field 39, labeled “B”. Actually, there are a multitude of circuits along which the electron beam current is returned to the CRT cathodes, since on a macroscopic scale the conductive back surface 88 of the screen provides a continuum of paths from the beam impact point to the high-voltage terminal 99. The magnetic fields induced by the currents along these paths partially cancel each other, and the resulting field depends on the location of the pixel that is addressed. Since the beams sweep over the screen through a raster of horizontal lines, the spectrum of the induced magnetic field contains strong peaks at the horizontal and vertical frequencies. However, the interest here is not in fields at those frequencies, but rather in emissions that result from an image pulsing with the very low frequencies appropriate to sensory resonances. For this purpose a diffuse electron current model suffices, in which the pixel discreteness and the raster motion of the electron beams are ignored, so that the beam current becomes diffuse and fills the cone subtended by the displayed image. The resulting low-frequency magnetic field depends on the temporal changes in the intensity distribution over the displayed image. Order-of-magnitude estimates show that the low-frequency magnetic field, although quite small, may be sufficient for the excitation of sensory resonances in subjects located at a normal viewing distance from the monitor.

The monitor also emits a low-frequency electric field at the image pulsing frequency. This field is due in part to the electrons 18 that are deposited on the screen by the electron beams 10. In the diffuse electron beam model, screen conditions are considered functions of the time t and of the Cartesian coordinates x and y over a flat CRT screen.

The screen electrons 18 that are dumped onto the back of the screen by the sum j(x,y,t) of the diffuse current distributions in the red, green, and blue electron beams cause a potential distribution V(x,y,t) which is influenced by the surface conductivity σ on the back of the screen and by capacitances. In the simple model where the screen has a capacitance distribution c(x,y) to ground and mutual capacitances between parts of the screen at different potentials are neglected, a potential distribution V(x,y,t) over the screen implies a surface charge density distribution

q=Vc(x,y), (7)

and gives rise to a current density vector along the screen,

j s=−σgrads V, (8)

where grads is the gradient along the screen surface. Conservation of electric charge implies

j=c{dot over (V)}−div s (σgrad s V), (9)

where the dot over the voltage denotes the time derivative, and divs is the divergence in the screen surface. The partial differential equation (9) requires a boundary condition for the solution V(x,y,t) to be unique. Such a condition is provided by setting the potential at the rim of the screen equal to the fixed anode voltage. This is a good approximation, since the resistance Rr between the screen rim and the anode terminal is chosen small in CRT design, in order to keep the voltage loss JRr to a minimum, and also to limit low-frequency emissions.

Something useful can be learned from special cases with simple solutions. As such, consider a circular CRT screen of radius R with uniform conductivity, showered in the back by a diffuse electron beam with a spatially uniform beam current density that is a constant plus a sinusoidal part with frequency ∫. Since the problem is linear, the voltage V due to the sinusoidal part of the beam current can be considered separately, with the boundary condition that V vanish at the rim of the circular screen. Eq. (9) then simplifies to

V″+V″/r−i2π∫cn V=−Jη/A, r≦R, (10)

where r is a radial coordinate along the screen with its derivative denoted by a prime, η=1/σ is the screen resistivity, A the screen area, J the sinusoidal part of the total beam current, and i=(−1), the imaginary unit. Our interest is in very low pulse frequencies ∫ that are suitable for excitation of sensory resonances. For those frequencies and for practical ranges for c and η, the dimensionless number 2π∫cAη is very much smaller than unity, so that it can be neglected in Eq. (10). The boundary value problem then has the simple solution V  ( r ) = J   η 4  π  ( 1 - ( r / R ) 2 ) . ( 11 )

Figure US06506148-20030114-M00001

In deriving (11) we neglected the mutual capacitance between parts of the screen that are at different potentials. The resulting error in (10) is negligible for the same reason that the i2π∫cAη term in (10) can be neglected.

The potential distribution V(r) of (11) along the screen is of course accompanied by electric charges. The field lines emanating from these charges run mainly to conductors behind the screen that belong to the CRT structure and that are either grounded or connected to circuitry with a low impedance path to ground. In either case the mentioned conductors must be considered grounded in the analysis of charges and fields that result from the pulsed component J of the total electron beam current. The described electric field lines end up in electric charges that may be called polarization charges since they are the result of the polarization of the conductors and circuitry by the screen emission. To estimate the pulsed electric field, a model is chosen where the mentioned conductors are represented together as a grounded perfectly conductive disc of radius R, positioned a short distance δ behind the screen, as depicted in FIG. 16. Since the grounded conductive disc carries polarization charges, it is called the polarization disc. FIG. 16 shows the circular CRT screen 88 and the polarization disc 101, briefly called “plates”. For small distances δ, the capacitance density between the plates of opposite polarity is nearly equal to ε/δ, where ε is the permittivity of free space. The charge distributions on the screen and polarization disc are respectively εV(r)/δ+q0 and −εV(r)/δ+q0, where the εV(r)/δ terms denote opposing charge densities at the end of the dense field lines that run between the two plates. That the part q0 is needed as well will become clear in the sequel.

The charge distributions εV(r)/δ+q0 and −εV(r)/δ+q0 on the two plates have a dipole moment with the density D  ( r ) = εV  ( r ) = J   ηε 4  π  ( 1 - ( r / R ) 2 ) , ( 12 )

Figure US06506148-20030114-M00002

directed perpendicular to the screen. Note that the plate separation δ has dropped out. This means that the precise location of the polarization charges is not critical in the present model, and further that δ may be taken as small as desired. Taking δ to zero, one thus arrives at the mathematical model of pulsed dipoles distributed over the circular CRT screen. The field due to the charge distribution q0 will be calculated later.

The electric field induced by the distributed dipoles (12) can be calculated easily for points on the centerline of the screen, with the result E  ( z ) = V  ( 0 ) R  { 2  ρ / R - R / ρ - 2   z  / R } , ( 13 )

Figure US06506148-20030114-M00003

where V(0) is the pulse voltage (11) at the screen center, ρ the distance to the rim of the screen, and z the distance to the center of the screen. Note that V(0) pulses harmonically with frequency ∫, because in (11) the sinusoidal part J of the beam current varies in this manner.

The electric field (13) due to the dipole distribution causes a potential distribution V(r)/2 over the screen and a potential distribution of −V(r)/2 over the polarization disc, where V(r) is nonuniform as given by (11). But since the polarization disc is a perfect conductor it cannot support voltage gradients, and therefore cannot have the potential distribution −V(r)/2. Instead, the polarization disc is at ground potential. This is where the charge distribution q0(r) comes in; it must be such as to induce a potential distribution V(r)/2 over the polarization disc. Since the distance between polarization disc and screen vanishes in the mathematical model, the potential distribution V(r)/2 is induced over the screen as well. The total potential over the monitor screen thus becomes V(r) of (11), while the total potential distribution over the polarization disc becomes uniformly zero. Both these potential distributions are as physically required. The electric charges q0 are moved into position by polarization and are partly drawn from the earth through the ground connection of the CRT.

In our model the charge distribution q0 is located at the same place as the dipole distribution, viz., on the plane z=0 within the circle with radius R. At points on the center line of the screen, the electric field due to the monopole distribution q0 is calculated in the following manner. As discussed, the monopoles must be such that they cause a potential φ0 that is equal to V(r)/2 over the disc with radius R centered in the plane z=0. Although the charge distribution q0(r) is uniquely defined by this condition, it cannot be calculated easily in a straightforward manner. The difficulty is circumvented by using an intermediate result derived from Excercise 2 on page 191 of Kellogg (1953), where the charge distribution over a thin disc with uniform potential is given. By using this result one readily finds the potential φ*(z) on the axis of this disc as φ *  ( z ) = 2 π  V *  β  ( R 1 ) , ( 14 )

Figure US06506148-20030114-M00004

where β(R1) is the angle subtended by the disc radius R1, as viewed from the point z on the disc axis, and V* is the disc potential. The result is used here in an attempt to construct the potential φ0(z) for a disc with the nonuniform potential V(r)/2, by the ansatz of writing the field as due to a linear combination of abstract discs with various radii R1 and potentials, all centered in the plane z=0. In the ansatz the potential on the symmetry axis is written φ 0  ( z ) = α   β  ( R ) + b  ∫ 0 R  β  ( R 1 )   W , ( 15 )

Figure US06506148-20030114-M00005

where W is chosen as the function 1−R1 2/R2, and the constants a and b are to be determined such that the potential over the plane z=0 is V(r)/2 for radii r ranging from 0 to R, with V(r) given by (11). Carrying out the integration in (15) gives

φ0(z)=αβ(R)−b{(1+z 2 /R 2)β(R)−|z|/R}. (16)

In order to find the potential over the disc r<R in the plane z=0, the function φ0(z) is expanded in powers of z/R for 0<z<R, whereafter the powers zn are replaced by rnPn(cosθ), where the Pn are Legendre polynomials, and (r,θ) are symmetric spherical coordinates centered at the screen center. This procedure amounts to a continuation of the potential from the z-axis into the half ball r0, in such a manner that the Laplace equation is satisfied. The method is discussed by Morse and Feshbach (1953). The “Laplace continuation” allows calculation of the potential φ0 along the surface of the disc r0, the parts (13) and (19) contribute about equally to the electric field over a practical range of distances z. When going behind the monitor where z is negative the monopole field flips sign so that the two parts nearly cancel each other, and the resulting field is very small. Therefore, in the back of the CRT, errors due to imperfections in the theory are relatively large. Moreover our model, which pretends that the polarization charges are all located on the polarization disc, fails to account for the electric field flux that escapes from the outer regions of the back of the screen to the earth or whatever conductors happen to be present in the vincinity of the CRT. This flaw has relatively more serious consequences in the back than in front of the monitor.

Screen emissions in front of a CRT can be cut dramatically by using a grounded conductive transparent shield that is placed over the screen or applied as a coating. Along the lines of our model, the shield amounts to a polarization disc in front of the screen, so that the latter is now sandwiched between to grounded discs. The screen has the pulsed potential distribution V(r) of (11), but no electric flux can escape. The model may be modified by choosing the polarization disc in the back somewhat smaller than the screen disc, by a fraction that serves as a free parameter. The fraction may then be determined from a fit to measured fields, by minimizing the relative standard deviation between experiment and theory.

In each of the electron beams of a CRT, the beam current is a nonlinear function of the driving voltage, i.e., the voltage between cathode and control grid. Since this function is needed in the normalization procedure, it was measured for the 15″ computer monitor that has been used in the ½ Hz sensory resonance experiments and the electric field measurements. Although the beam current density j can be determined, it is easier to measure the luminance, by reading a light meter that is brought right up to the monitor screen. With the RGB values in the VB6 program taken as the same integer K, the luminance of a uniform image is proportional to the image intensity I. The luminance of a uniform image was measured for various values of K. The results were fitted with

I=c 1 K γ, (20)

where c1 is a constant. The best fit, with 6.18% relative standard deviation, was obtained for γ=2.32.

Screen emissions also occur for liquid crystal displays (LCD). The pulsed electric fields may have considerable amplitude for LCDs that have their driving electrodes on opposite sides of the liquid crystal cell, for passive matrix as well as for active matrix design, such as thin film technology (TFT). For arrangements with in-plane switching (IPS) however, the driving electrodes are positioned in a single plane, so that the screen emission is very small. For arrangements other than IPS, the electric field is closely approximated by the frin

Tired? by Cindy

4 12

Taking the lift up at Spring Hill Winter Park. I like the lines of the lift and the tired snow boarder!

Scavenge Challenge - 23, 24, 25. The Education Center topic for this month emphasizes VISUAL LINE (not physical lines). In order to understand this term as it relates to photography, please read the instructive material and create three shots showing a strong vertical line, a strong horizonal line and a strong diagonal line. BE ADVISED! "Line" does not refer to a stripe on the pavement or a zebra's coat! This assignment specifically refers to the visual line of an image! Read the Education Center topic for more details. DIAGONAL

Don't use this image on websites, blogs or other media without explicit permission.

Small cell variant of squamous cell carcinoma mimicking small cell lung carcinoma Case 292 by Dr. Yale Rosen Atlas of Pulmonary Pathology

2

This is a very instructive case of the small cell variant of squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) mimicking small cell lung carcinoma (SCLC) based not only on morphologic features but also on the results of immunostains. CD56 and CK5/6, the immunostains that were initially obtained were both positive. TTF 1, chromogranin A and synaptophysin were negative. A small percentage of squamous cell carcinomas may express CD56 and a small percentage of high grade neuroendocrine carcinomas may express CK5/6. p63 and p40 stains were subsequently obtained and both were positive confirming the diagnosis of SCC. AE1/AE3 was also positive but did not exhibit the dot like staining of the nuclear membranes that is often seen in SCLC. Careful examination of cell morphology at higher magnifications shows some cells with eosinophilic cytoplasm. Nuclear detail is lacking in these images.

Case contributed by Dr. Jian-Hua Qiao.

Renault 40 CV des Records - 1926 by Perico001

3

Reconstruction

The nineteen-twenties saw an almost obsessive interest in records. Not to be outdone, Renault broke a few of its own with this impressive streamlined 40 CV, which would top 190 km/h.

In the nineteen-twenties, every self-respecting carmaker felt obliged to set some kind of record, and the vogue was encouraged by the construction of speed tracks. In France, the Montlhéry track, built in 1924, was the venue for many a stand-off, with much clicking of stopwatches. Renault was as game as any other manufacturer, especially since it had just the car for the job: the flagship 40 CV model, with its enormous nine-litre engine.

During an initial campaign in 1925, a virtually standard torpedo broke the lap record at 178,475 km/h, then the 24-hour record at 141,03 km/h. The difference between the two averages is instructive, since it arises from the frequent stops required for refuelling and, above all, tyre changes; this heavy car consumed around a hundred!

But these figures were apparently not good enough for engineers Plessier and Gartfield, who came back in 1926 with a more streamlined single-seater 40 CV with radiator mounted behind the engine. The pitstop process had been streamlined too, with a 14-strong team cutting downtime to 50 seconds. This time round, Renault would set a new 50-mile record at an average of 190,013 km/h and a new 24-hour record at 173,649 km/h.

The car on show is an exact replica of the record-breaking car, built in the nineteen-seventies.

9.121 cc

6 in-line

140 hp

Vmax : + 190 km/h

2.000 kg

Concours d'Elégance Paleis Het Loo 2016

Apeldoorn

Nederland - Netherlands

July 2016

::: JOE FIORITO: Phoney as a Three Dollar bill .:. by PAUL CARDIN (4.1 Million Views >) Never Was An Arrow II

3 3

MY NEIGHBOUR called up the other day asking,

" Do you by chance have any diagrams of the C-102 Avro Jetliner's Pilot's and Co-Pilot's side panels?"

I responded,

"Do you just need diagrams, or the actual side panels?"

"YOU HAVE THE ACTUAL SIDE PANELS!?!?!?"

(kidding)…but it would be nice.

The neighbour goes on…"Hey, did you see what that hammerhead Toronto Star columnist said the other day about cancelling the air show (Toronto-CIAS)?

"Yeah, I read Joe…who? (we laugh, *inside Canadian joke*).

Just another zero unCanadian whose mouth is a yawning grave.

It's sad really. Canada used to hang Communists, now we allow them to write for a city newspaper.

CIAS (Canadian International Air Show) has been held for the final three days of the C.N.E. since, I dunno, 1949…a mere 60 years! A proud Canadian tradition. An actual Toronto tradition. The Avro Canada C-102 (seen in the photos above) flew in one of the first air shows, although the ever famous Arrow almost…but, never did. The Jetliner's spectacular (and loud) air show appearance is one of the few memories we still have of the illustrious Canadian airliner, that was once the heartthrob of millionaire Howard Hughes.

That very proud beginning beckons to us today to continue the irrepressible air show tradition.

But it must be a real air show.

And air shows are never polite.

Doubtful, if Joe even knows what the C-102 was, or about its chief designer and still Toronto resident, 96 year old Jim Floyd—nope, not even on Joe's radar…but if two parking lot attendants are scrapping it out…he'll will be right there with the complete story!

Saints preserve us!

Fiorito's reasons for wanting to end the air show are as asinine, and incredulous, as they come.

Hey, he needed fodder for that day's column. His column's air show commentary, quickly descends into a sheer kaleidoscope of intended (and therefore phoney) stupidity, including these gems:

"Canada has no need of American fighter jets…"

Well, Joe exactly one F-16 fighter jet from the USAF participated in CIAS this year, and we really don't need to hear your veiled anti-American slurs.

Most Canadians like Americans…and a lot of us have American relatives. And we do need American fighter-jets Joe, because past do-dos like you cancelled our homegrown Arrow interceptor programme a long, long, time ago. We now no longer make the best, or even make an air defender. We still need to buy the best, the F-35*, to defend our borders which are STILL the largest in the world, last time I checked.

"Unless, of course, you think it is useful and instructive to remind your neighbours, many of whom come from war-torn countries — Vietnam, Afghanistan, Iraq — that they are lucky to live in Toronto, except when the jet fighters are in town."

Pretty flimsy reason, suggesting, no conjuring CIAS as a PTSD trigger.

I know…but these Politbüro types, well, this is the stuff they try to float…to the masses.

"…the planes turn swift and low over our rooftops, loud enough to rattle windows, wake babies, disturb the elderly, frighten dogs, prevent shift workers from knitting up the ravelled sleeve of care, and cause the sick at St. Joe’s to roll over in their beds of pain."

What, and emergency vehicles disturb no one?

With that line of reasoning…we should also end the disruption of the peace caused ANYTIME 24/7, 365 days of the year by reckless emerg vehicles…because dogs, babies, and some elderly people, somewhere, maybe even in Toronto…could be adversely affected by these screaming mimis.

We know mealy-mouthed sissy types can be offended or even frightened by such loud vehicular displays of assertiveness. At the CNE, or elsewhere, in TO.

Park your ambulances and squad cars boys, someone with early on-set senility doesn't embrace sirens (noise), or progress.

Therefore, ditto, we must also ban the hundreds of daily scheduled airline flights going in and outta Pearson, and similarly, from the same airport, the myriad of daily biz jet flights with their gratuitous displays of raw jet turbine power.

Joe, no likey.

Next, ban all freight and commuter trains that sound the horn of warning, and trigger those pesky, noisy, train-crossing standards.

…and ban citywide construction.

And all industry.

Noise, folks, noise, upsets Fior-io-io-io.

And masculinity.

"Because we do not need to bask in the militarism of the past…"

Actually, we do Joey.

Proud Canadians never forget, nor trivialize those who really sacrificed their tomorrows…for our today. You will, of course, but most Canadians remain decent.

There is no way we can repay those true Canadians who literally gave all.

The Canadian International Air Show is one of the few remaining ways we still publicly tip our hat to these patriotic Canadian warriors, whether past or present, and give them their due. Hence, this year's 100th Year Canadian Naval Celebration display at CIAS 2010.

BUT because of femboy ninnies like Fiorito, the HMCS Fredericton's guns couldn't actually celebrate by firing her guns into Toronto harbour…in recognition of the Navy's 100th.

No, them guns remained quieter than worthless fans at a Blue Jays game.

Besides…Joe's Parkdale disconnects would probably have thunk the city was under attack, anyway.

And jammed TO's emergency lines. Or flood texted Joe to help'em.

So, as usual, the eclipse-of-reason minority green freak agenda crowd ruined it for the rest of us, the majority~

And that's why we had a toned down air show this year.

And why I never went.

I support authentic Canadian traditions…not Kyoto makeovers.

SEE the complete stupidity, here:

www.thestar.com/news/gta/article/857067--fiorito-it-s-tim...

*The F-22 is better than the F-35, but only the USAF gets to purchase the F-22 Raptor.

KIDS CLUB by Rixos Sungate Hotel

1

Rixos Sungate / Rixy Club

The Rixy Kingdom caters only to children and with an area of 20.000 m², our young guests will be in a world of their own. Cinema rooms, mini zoo, Rixy Buffet, Rixy Burger, Rixy Kingdom Bar are the facilities available to ensure that they are entertained and also enjoying their time.

Activities such as the mini football, mini golf, basketball, activity area, play area, aqua park, kids pool, table tennis, petting zoo and many more activities are waiting for our young guests to truly have a wondrous Kingdom of their own.

Our staff at the Rixy Club offer educational, instructive and entertaining games to further their minds, such as water games, night shows, artwork and writing.

"The End of America: Letter of Warning to a Young Patriot," FACISM IN AMERICA?.......Stay tuned.... by Eliud Martinez

8

I created this photo montage using three separate and unrelated found images.

SEE THIS IMAGE LARGE!

Yes, it can happen here too....frighteningly sooner than later....

Also a must see video: www.truthout.org/docs_2006/111607J.shtml

"The End of America: Letter of Warning to a Young Patriot,"

Wednesday 21 November 2007

An interview with author Naomi Wolf, whose new book, "The End of America: Letter of Warning to a Young Patriot," may confirm your worries about democracy in America.

If you think we are living in scary times, your worst fears may be confirmed by reading Naomi Wolf's newest book, The End of America: Letter of Warning to a Young Patriot. In it, Wolf proves the old axiom that history does repeat itself. Or more accurately, history occurs in patterns, and in order to understand where our country is today and where it is headed, we need to read the history books.

Wolf began by diving into the early years leading up to fascist regimes, like the ones led by Hitler and Mussolini. And the patterns that she found in those, and others all over the world, made her hair stand on end. In "The End of America," she lays out the 10 steps that dictators (or aspiring dictators) take in order to shut down an open society. "Each of those ten steps is now under way in the United States today," she writes.

If we want an open society, she warns, we must pay attention and we must fight to protect democracy.

I met with Wolf to discuss what she learned while researching this book, how the American public has received her warnings, and what we can do to squelch the fascist narratives we are fed in this country each day.

Don Hazen: Let's take up a big question first - your fears about the upcoming U.S. presidential election and what the historical blue print about fascist takeovers shows in terms of elections.

Naomi Wolf: We would be naive given the historical patterns to have hope that there's going to be a transparent, accountable election in 2008. There are various ways the blueprint indicates how events are much more likely to play out. Historically, the months leading up to the national election are likely to be unstable.

What classically happens is either there will be a period of provocation, and we have a history of this in the United States - agitators who are dressed as or act like activist voter registration workers, anti-war marchers ... but who engage in actual violence, torch property, assault police officers. And that scares people. People are much less likely to vote for change when they're scared, and it gives them the excuse to crack down.

In addition, I'm concerned about the 2007 Defense Authorization Act, which makes it much easier for the president to declare martial law.

DH: Are you saying that they keep on adding coercive laws for no apparent reason?

NW: Yes. Why amend the law so systematically? Why do you need to make martial law easier? Another thing historical blueprints underscore is the hyped threat; intelligence will be spun or exaggerated, and sometimes there are faked documents like Plan Z with Pinochet in Chile.

DH: Plan Z?

NW:Yes, Plan Z. Pinochet, when he was overthrowing the Democratic government of Chile, told Chilean citizens that there was going to be a terrible terrorist attack, with armed insurgents. Now there were real insurgents, there was a real threat, but then he produces what he called Plan Z, which were fake papers claiming that these terrorists were going to assassinate all these military leaders at once.

And this petrified Chileans so much that they didn't stand up to fight for their democracy. So it's common to take a real threat and hype it. And close to an election it's very common to invoke a hype threat and scare people so much that they will not want to have a transparent election.

Americans have this very wrong idea about what a closed society looks like. Many despots make it a point to try to hold the elections, but they're corrupted elections. Corrupted elections take place all over the world in closed societies. Ninety-nine percent of Austrians voted yes for the annexation by Germany, because the SA were standing outside the voting booths, intimidating the voters and people counting the vote. So you can mess with the process.

One current warning sign is the e-mails that the White House is not yielding about the attorney general scandal. The emails are likely to show that there were plans afoot to purge all of the attorneys at once, like overnight. And then to let the country deal with the shock.

Now that's something that Goebbels did in 1933 in April, overnight. He fired everyone, focusing on lawyers and judges who were not a supporter of the regime. So you can still have elections ... in an outcome like that. If that had happened, if the bloggers and others actually hadn't helped to identify the U.S. attorney scandal, and they had been successful and fired them all, our election situation would be different.

Basically we'd still have an election, but it is possible the outcome would be predetermined because it's the U.S. attorneys that monitor what voting rights groups do, what is legal and who can decide the outcome of elections.

DH: Well there's a lot of activity currently in terms of the Justice Department aimed at purging voters ... reducing voter rolls ... that's an ongoing battle to try to keep voters eligible. Conservatives are always trying to reduce the electorate. By the way, are you familiar with Naomi Klein's book The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism?

NW: Yes, and it all makes a lot of sense. And its certainly historically true. We're in this post-9/11 period when there is a lot of potential for these kind of "shock therapy" things to happen, but virtually everything ... has happened previously in history in patterns. It's just the blueprint. It's not rocket science.

I could tell last fall when a law was passed expanding the definition of terrorists to include animal rights activists, that people who look more like you and me would start to be called terrorists, which is a classic tactic in what I call a fascist expansion.

DH: Don't look at me - I'm not a vegetarian. Just kidding.

NW: (Laughs) Right. It's also predictive ... according to the blueprint, that the state starts to torture people that most of us don't identity with, because they're brown, Muslim, people on an island. They're called an enemy.

That there will be a progressive blurring of the line, and six months, two years later, you're going to see it spread to others. ... According to the blueprint, we're right on schedule that this kid recently got tasered in Florida, I gather, for asking questions.

There was a study by people who pioneered tasers, and the state legislature supported it; a Republican legislator put pressure on the provost, who put pressure on the university, and then the police at this university implemented the taser use. So unfortunately, it's likely that we're going to see more demonstrators, typical society leaders, in a call to restore "public order," leading up to the election. You put all those cases together ...

DH: I want to shift gears a bit and ask you to talk about what the response to the book, what kind of people have heard you speak, and what kind of reactions have they had?

NW: I'm really gratified by the response to the book. I have found, with the book's publication, though I'm not following everything that's been written about it, that most of America gets it - people across the political spectrum.

All kinds of people, including very mainstream people. Republican people. Progressive. Libertarian. Very moderate people. Very conservative people. They are basically saying to me, "Thank you for confirming our fears and showing us how these things fit together, and what we can do about them."

DH: I'm also interested in your process of deciding that you were comfortable in using words like "fascism," "Nazism," "Hitler," "Mussolini." Michael Ratner talks about it in the jacket of your book, when he writes: "Most Americans reject outright any comparisons of post-9/11 America with the fascism and totalitarianism of Nazi Germany or Pinochet's Chile. Sadly, what Wolf calls the echoes between those societies and America today are too compelling." At some point you must have come to this turning point in terms of the language - how far am I going to go, how am I going to talk about this? Was it a difficult decision?

NW: It was hard emotionally but it was unavoidable intellectually. The book actually got started with the influence of a holocaust survivor - a dear friend, who's the daughter of two holocaust survivors from Germany. She basically forced me to start reading history.

Not the end or outcome. She was talking about the early years and the effects on rights groups, gay rights groups, and sexuality forums and architecture, At first I didn't even want to draw conclusions, but my hair was just standing on edge.

When I saw that, then I went and read other history books, and looked at Stalin and Hitler, a real "innovator." I thought, if people want an open society, they need to pay attention.

You see the same things happening again and again and again. And historically people were really mislead and just reading kind of teaches us the blueprint. People use the same approach all over the world because it works. This is what they do.

Now we've just seen it in Burma. It is like clock work: monks in the street ... and because I know the blueprint, how long before they start curtailing free assembly, shooting monks, and cutting off that communication? And two days later ... you know what happened.

So intellectually I couldn't avoid using the language. Now in terms of the word "fascist," it's a very conservative usage in the book. I used the dictionary definition. There are many definitions of fascism. And even fascists disagree with other fascists. It's kind of like the Germans thought the Italian fascists weren't butch enough.

DH: So the Italians were wussier fascists than the Germans?

NW: Exactly. It gets better. The definition is pretty straightforward: "When the state uses violence against the individual to oppose democratic society." And that's what we're seeing.

And then looking back at Italy and Germany, which were the two great examples of modern constitutional democracies that were illegally closed by people that were elected ... duly elected ... most Americans don't remember. Mussolini, a National Socialist, came to power entirely legally. And they used the law to shut down the law. So that's what I call a fascist shift.

DH: So let's talk about what could happen here. Is America in denial? Or is avoidance an attitude that seemed to be present in all historical examples? That people assume it's not going to happen to them. Does the Americans' denial at this point run parallel with the denial of Germans and Italians? Or do we have our own version of denial here?

NW: That's a really great question; both are true. It's really instructive to read memoirs and journals from Germany. People writing, "This can't last ... we surely will come to our senses"; "they can't gain any ground in the next election ... you know, we're a civilized country"; "this is ridiculous, they're a bunch of thugs; no one takes them seriously."

History is particularly instructive in the early days of the fascist shifts in Germany and Italy, when things were really pretty normal. People go about their business, just like we're doing now. It's not like goose stepping columns of soldiers are everywhere. It looks like ordinary life. Celebrities, gossip columns, fashion, before getting caught up in a snare. People kept going to movies, worrying about feeding the cat. (laughs) Even while you watch the sort of inevitable unfold.

DH: And now in America?

NW: Right. So in some ways it is human nature to be in denial ... but Americans have our own special version, which is profoundly dangerous. Europeans know democracies are fragile, and they could close. They had closed. Bismarckian Germany was not a democracy.

But here we're walking around ... we usually have that sense that somehow our air will sustain us, even when no one else's air does. And we don't have to do anything about it. We have this like bubble, that somehow democracy will just take care of us, and we don't have to fight to protect democracy.

They can mow down democracies all over the world, but somehow we'll be just fine. But what's so ironic about that is that the Founding Fathers drafted the Bill of Rights in fear. They knew that you had to have checks and balances, because it's human nature to abuse power, no matter who you are. They knew the damage that the army could do breaking into your home. ... they knew that democracy is fragile, and the default is tyranny. They knew that. And that's why they created the system of checks and balances.

DH: In your book, on page 36, you write in terms of the political environment we are in: "But we are not wracked by rioting in the streets or a major depression here in America. That is why the success that the Bush administration has had in invoking Islamofascism is so insidious. We have been willing to trade our key freedoms for a promised state of security in spite of our living conditions of overwhelming stability, security, affluence and social order."

How and why has it been so easy here in the U.S. in terms of taking away liberties?

NW: I assume you mean how did it succeed even though we don't have Bolsheviks rioting in the street? Yes. I mean it is incredible looking back, but in a way it's not. I mean 9/11 was a complete left brain shock. If we had had wars at home, experienced the kind of violence at home that other countries have, we would not have gone into shock ... not have been willing to trade in our heritage in exchange for a manipulated false sense of security.

DH: Most people were not affected directly by 9/11 except traumatically by seeing it on the screen.

NW: Yes, but you can't undercredit the incredible sophistication of the way the Bush administration manipulates fear. For example, the sleeper cells narrative, which is Stalin's narrative, was totally made up.

And I give lots of examples in the book of alleged sleeper cells that never turned out to be the creepy, scary, nightmare scenario that the White House claimed they would be.

DH: In the book you say that fascists have great skills at changing public opinion.

NW: That's correct. That's exactly right. They've been very skillful at creating extremely terrifying narratives. And this is why looking at Goebbels is so instructive. Our leaders have been busy creating footage and sound bites that can be petrifying, and as a result, some of us live in a state of existential fear.

In contrast, in England and Spain, where they were hit by the same bad guys we're fighting, they're going after terrorists, but the population isn't walking around in a state of existential anxiety.

Gordon Brown said it, "Fighting terror ... well, terror's a crime." You can't underplay how sophisticated the Bush team has been about manipulating our fears. And one reason we really can't ignore is our home-grown ignorance. We now have two generations of young people who don't know about civics. A study came out that showed that even Harvard freshmen really don't understand how our government works.

And so we really don't know what democracy is anymore. I had to do a lot of learning to write this book - I'm not a constitutional scholar. I'm just a citizen. And we've been kind of divorced from our democracy. We've let a pundit class take it over. Where the Founders wanted us to know what the First Amendment was and what the Second Amendment does for us.

So as a consequence we don't feel the kind of warning bell of "Oh, my God, arbitrary search and seizure! That's when they come into your house and take your stuff and scare your children! We can't have that!"

Because there's this class of politicians, scholars and pundits who do the Constitution for us, so we don't bother educating ourselves. It's hard to educate yourself now these days.

All of that plays into how easily we can be manipulated. We really don't read history in America, so we don't notice warning signals. We tend not to pay attention to the rest of the world or the past, so we don't know what the classic scenarios are.

DH: In terms of your personal narrative, the kinds of books you've written about feminism and gender like the Beauty Myth, Fire With Fire and Promiscuities ... this book seems pretty far a field. It seems like it would have to be a wrenching realization to lead you to read everything and produce the book. Was it traumatic?

NW: Well, I would say that it's been traumatic.

DH: Is it because you are out there on the front lines now?

NW: That's not the trauma. I feel like I'm living inside a consciousness of urgency and potential horrific consequences. And that is much more uncomfortable than living inside my prior being where I generally thought, "We're living in a democracy where there are some annoying people doing the wrong things" kind of mindset.

But I know that there's a "true consciousness" that we need to overcome the false consciousness. I know it's the right consciousness to get the facts. And I guess what's heartening is that a bunch of other people seem to be collectively entering this consciousness. They are saying: "My gosh, there is a real emergency here with very devastating stakes." That is traumatic but necessary.

It is a loss of innocence to see how easy it is to degrade democracy. I certainly walk around with kind of hyperawareness tuned into, for example, the toll in Guantanamo and those children in Iraq. It doesn't get covered well.

There's basically a concentration camp being established in Iraq with children in it. And no one appears to be digging in to it ...

DH: As we are coming to an end here, there are a couple of concepts I found particularly interesting in the book. One is when you talked about the "10 steps," or the "blueprint" that fascists have used time and time again to close down democracies. You say that that these factors, ingredients, are more than the sum of their parts, which suggests a kind of synergy, "each magnifies the power of the others and the whole," as you write.

You also write about the pendulum cliché, that we have this illusion through our history that the pendulum always swings back. But because of the permanent war on terrorism, that may not be true anymore. Can you say a little bit more about those two things, and how that might fit together?

NW: Well part of the illusion is created because it seems we are in two different countries, operating at home and abroad. For example, they can come at you, anyone and claim you're an enemy combatant. They rendered people in Italy ... they can render people all over the world. And they can put people like Jose Padilla in solitary confinement for three years, literally drive sane healthy people insane.

If the president can say, Well, "Don is an enemy combatant," there is nothing you can do. It's like "Tag, you're it!" To that extent we can not be innocent. And then someone is in jail for three years without being able to see their families or have easy access to a phone.

If they can do that, the pendulum can't swing, because after the first arrest, it generally goes in one direction, and according to the blueprint, the time has come for those first arrests. We're having this conversation now, before these arrests. But if tomorrow you read in the New York Times or the Washington Post that New York Times editor Bill Keller has been arrested, the staff will all be scared, others will get scared. And people don't understand that that's how democracy closes down. And when that happens first, it's the tipping point at which we think it's still a democracy.

DH: That is when the rules have changed?

NW: Yes, and people need to believe and realize that that kind of negotiation is pretty much over. And there's just the lag time, which is so dangerous, when people still think it's a democracy, even while the martial law steps have begun. And that's where we are at, unless we get it.

Because you know, Congress keeps saying, "Hello, we're Congress." You have to answer us when we ask for information. The president's like, "Sorry, I'm ignoring you!" It starts becoming thinking like an abused woman, like: "Surely he's going to do it right this time, surely he's not going to do it again." And

www.truthout.org/docs_2006/112107R.shtml

The Quest for a Warm Hangout by A.Davey

4 10

Here we see the Skipper practicing law while Dot the Cat practices her catloaf pose.

This photo captures Dot the Cat in a classic, if slightly modified, "catloaf". Think of her as dough that was left to rise in a pan several sizes too small.

It's an instructive photo because it shows a) how deep the urge to assume the catloaf pose resides in cats' psyches; and b) that cats will choose warmth (a well-heated external hard drive) over style and perhaps even comfort when they're in the company of good friends and the imperative to maintain gravitas is less pressing.

Anyhoo . . .

Dot has made great strides this summer towards her goal of attaining full Ship's Cat status. Lucy the Cat, our former Ship's Cat, passed away just before we left on our cruise. Little Dot wasn't quite ready to step into Lucy's role, so she's been Interim Acting Ship's Cat since we left port in April.

For a long time, a huge obstacle was Dot's unwillingness to join us in the pilot house while the boat was underway, something a Ship's Cat absolutely has to do.

As you can see from this photo, Dot has overcome that problem. A couple of weeks ago, Dot suddenly showed up at the top of the forward stairs, looked around for a few moments, and scrambled back down. Since then, her appearances in the pilot house have become longer and more frequent.

I suspect it was boredom and a desire for companionship as much as anything else that finally motivated Dot to leave the isolated comfort of her personal suite in the forward stateroom and make her way up the steep forward stairs to the pilot house.

Like most cats, Dot looks for a) the most comfortable spot in the room and/or b) the warmest place to park her furry little self.

As you can see here, sometimes this requires compromises. Dot has learned though experience on land that my external hard drive becomes toasty warm after it has been on for a while.

But, much like a narrow sofa, the hard drive just doesn't provide enough surface space. Dot finds it impossible to fit her whole body atop the hard drive.

So, Dot has come up with several solutions, including the one we see here: paws on the table, rest of body on the hard drive.

Luckily, the hard drive's air vents aren't anyplace Dot can smother them, but I imagine it won't be long before cat hairs find their way into the device.

What about Dot's prospects of gaining full Ship's Cat status?

Well, she's going to have to overcome her fear of the engine oil alarm, something that still sends her dashing for the safety of her carrier. If she can manage that (all the other cats who've been part of the ship's complement have), I think her prospects for promotion are good.

Maserati at the 89th edition of the Geneva International Motor Show by iBSSR who loves comments on his images

1

PRESS RELEASE

Date

28 Feb 2019

ADD TO DOWNLOADS

Maserati at the 89th edition of the Geneva International Motor Show

Levante Trofeo V8 Launch Edition premieres at the Show: a limited edition of 100 units

An interactive journey through selected Italian excellences: Maserati presents the first step towards personalization

The stand features the entire MY19 Range, in the GranLusso and GranSport trims

Quattroporte S Q4 GranLusso and Levante S Q4 GranSport MY19 customized with Zegna PELLETESSUTA™

In order to showcase the sporty DNA of the Trident brand, the GranTurismo MC in the Grigio Lava Matte colour, in an exclusive new configuration, is on display

The future of the historic manufacturing plant in Modena defined

Modena, 28 February 2019 – Maserati is highlighting in the first and most important exhibition of the year in Europe

the Levante Trofeo SUV in the Launch Edition, a limited edition of 100 units, which will be the protagonist of the stand, along with the other models of the MY19 range. Another premiere of the Geneva Show are the new interiors in PELLETESSUTA™, an exclusive new material made by Ermenegildo Zegna exclusively for Maserati. To recall the Brand’s sporty DNA, Maserati will exhibit a GranTurismo MC (acronym for Maserati Corse), for the first time with an exterior in Grigio Lava Matte colour combined with interiors in carbon fibre. Maserati announced start of sales in Europe of the Levante Trofeo and Levante GTS.

Another new development will be revealed at the opening of the show, one that exemplifies Maserati’s ability to construct customized automobiles: an exciting one-off model, created according to the requests of a particular customer.

LEVANTE TROFEO LAUNCH EDITION - A LIMITED EDITION

To launch the new model in the market, Maserati is presenting the Levante Trofeo Launch Edition, a limited edition of 100 units. The Levante Trofeo Launch Edition will be available not only in the Blu Emozione Matte colour presented at the Geneva International Motor Show but also in the unique paints Giallo Modenese and Rosso Magma. The interior features sports seats with a premium full-grain "Pieno Fiore” natural leather, with contrasting stitching and a "Trofeo" logo embroidered on the headrest, available in blue, red or yellow. The exclusive carbon fibre inserts on the bumpers, side skirts and specially designed bonnet stand out.

The 22" Orione rims can be matte or glossy black finish, while the brake calipers are available in silver, blue, yellow or red.

The Levante Trofeo is equipped with one of the most powerful engines ever fitted in a Maserati road car. This is the 3.8 litre Twin Turbo V8, calibrated to mate perfectly with the Q4 Intelligent All-Wheel Drive system, providing it with a new crankcase design, specific crankshaft assembly, new oil pump and auxiliary belt and a different wiring layout.

Like all Maserati petrol engines, this V8 is assembled by Ferrari in Maranello. In terms of 0-100km/h acceleration, it stops the chronometer at 4.1”, while the maximum speed is close to the 300 km/h threshold.

The Levante Trofeo is fitted with the eight-speed ZF automatic gearbox used on all the Levante versions, acclaimed for its versatility and sporty character.

The “Corsa" driving mode with Launch Control functionality (in addition to the existing Normal, I.C.E., Sport and Off Road modes) has been adopted to enhance the sporty character of the ultimate Maserati SUV. “Corsa” driving mode further improves engine response and opens exhaust valves in acceleration, as well as providing faster gear shifting, lower air suspension height levels, sportier Skyhook damping and optimized Q4 Intelligent All-Wheel Drive settings. It also interacts with the Traction Control and ESP systems to maximize driving pleasure.

The Levante features the Integrated Vehicle Control (IVC) system for impressive driving dynamics, better performance, and a genuine Maserati driving experience, by helping to prevent vehicle instability, instead of correcting “driver mistakes” as a traditional Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system does.

The ideal 50:50 weight balance and the low centre of gravity - common to all Levante models, in combination with the finely tuned double-wishbone front / Multi Link rear suspension, as well as the wider 22-inch rear tyres on forged aluminium alloy wheels, provide the new Trofeo with perfectly balanced handling and lateral stability.

The unmistakable Levante design has reached new levels of sportiness in this model like the lower splitter, the side blades in the front air intakes, the side skirt inserts and the rear extractor, made of ultralight high-gloss carbon fibre.

At the front, the Levante Trofeo has Full Matrix LED adaptive headlights, a front grille with double vertical bars in Black Piano finish, lower honeycomb mesh fascia, body colour door handles and high-performance brake calipers available in red, blue, black, silver or yellow. And to cap it off, the “Saetta” Trofeo logo adorns the iconic C-pillar of the coupé styled Levante.

Inside the Levante Trofeo cabin is a wealth of elegant features which create an environment of pure luxury. “Pieno Fiore” is like no other leather used in the automotive industry for its natural, soft feel and for the unique character it develops throughout the years.

This amazing Levante's quintessentially sporty personality is highlighted by new details in "3D Touch" matt carbon fibre, the specific instrument cluster graphics, floor mats with metal Trofeo badges, and a Maserati clock with a unique dial. The on-board set up is completed by a 1,280-watt, 17-speaker Bowers & Wilkins premium surround sound audio system for a concert hall sound experience.

The Levante Trofeo is the first ever Maserati equipped with 22-inch forged aluminium wheels, so Maserati cooperated with Continental to provide the new SportContact™ 6 tyre as standard equipment. The new ultra-sport tyre has substantially contributed to achieving the excellent and balanced handling and outstanding cornering performance of the most powerful Maserati in production today.

PERSONALIZATION

The special things about the Maserati stand at this 89th edition of the Geneva International Motor Show is the way it focuses on highlighting a distinctive Italianness and the process of craftsmanship and customization, considerations that have prompted Maserati to host on their stand - together with Ermenegildo Zegna, a longstanding partner and a leader in the field of men’s luxury clothing, two other leading artisanal firms in their field: Giorgetti, the internationally renowned Italian woodworking company, known for its furniture and unique design pieces, and De Castelli, a leading metalworking firm, specializing in the production of unique home design accessories, custom surfaces and projects.

At Maserati tradition becomes innovation, combining fine craftsmanship, advanced technology and sophisticated design for the sort of exclusive, unique mix only Maserati knows how to apply to its cars.

The stand provides an instructive tour through three different dedicated thematic areas. Each area will feature a display of tools, materials and components that, specially crafted by Zegna, De Castelli and Giorgetti, bear witness to the unending quest for excellence, style and originality, typical of products designed and Made in Italy, and therefore typical of Maserati.

Speaking of innovation and design, when it comes to customizing the stand, for the first time ever Maserati is taking advantage in the Customization Area of a D-Table, the only interactive table which combines the latest-generation software and elegant, sophisticated design.

ERMENEGILDO ZEGNA

Zegna is a longstanding partner of Maserati and for the Geneva show will be presenting the world premiere of its new car interiors in PELLETESSUTA™, a special woven nappa leather, the product of pioneering research by Ermenegildo Zegna, seeking to create a luxurious, innovative, lightweight and soft fabric that is versatile and well suited for the creation of products, ranging from home design complements to multimedia accessories.

The bond between Zegna and Maserati grows stronger with each passing year, in no small part due to the historical similarities of the two brands.

The Ermenegildo Zegna Group is one of the most distinguished businesses in all of Italy. Founded back in 1910 in Trivero, in the Biellese Alps, by a young entrepreneur named Ermenegildo, whose vision was to ethically produce the most sumptuous fabrics in the world by means of innovation and the utilization of the best luxury fibres, sourced directly in their countries of origin, the company is currently guided by the fourth generation of the Zegna family. The Group, which since the late 80’s has been implementing a strategy of vertical integration, has created a global luxury brand which currently offers fabrics, clothing and accessories. Today there are 504 single-label stores in over 100 countries, of which 272 are company-owned.

GIORGETTI

The Giorgetti cabinet-making tradition started in Brianza in 1898, and more than 120 years later is still continuing to evolve and innovate. The company looks to the future, how to convey and stay on top of all the changes in a dynamically transforming world. Giorgetti’s approach to interior design involves interpreting behaviours and tastes in various different markets, creating pieces that are free of all formal conventions, capable of coexisting harmoniously in any context, dissolving cultural and temporal distances.

The products made by Giorgetti epitomize the best in the proud catchline, “Made and Manufactured in Italy”. Starting from design, creativity and style, and all the way to the actual manufacture of a finished product, the entire manufacturing process is completely carried out in Italy by highly qualified personnel, boasting consummate skill in the furniture sector.

The craft-based means of production associated with the phrase, Made in Italy, transcends the rationale of standardized, mass-produced products, guaranteeing high levels of product customization.

The indispensable work of master craftsmen is capable of imbuing Giorgetti projects with that magical allure of unique, handmade pieces.

DE CASTELLI

True to its commitment to restore metal’s privileged role in projectual experimentation, De Castelli is grafting a craft-based concept and approach to work onto typically industrial processes, a bold synthesis that leads to unprecedented results. The encounter with design engenders an approach to the material founded on respect for its vast potential, including the less obvious possibilities, the ones that gradually emerge in a collection of mass-produced products that are, at the same time, unique. Not only because the hand creating them is unique, but due to the uniqueness of the cultural process that puts the main emphasis on the aesthetic value - rather than purely functional ones - of the primal material with which De Castelli shapes living spaces. One thus overturns the dictum that confines the coldness of metal to the outer margins of interior design project, bringing steel, brass and copper, in their multiple variations and finishes, to the centre of a a completely renovated scenario where they can finally glow in self-generated radiance.

Delabré is the name of an artisanal finish conceived of and realized by De Castelli. It consists in the manual oxidation of materials like steel, copper and brass, capable of imbuing them with unique, unrepeatable chromatic effects.

THE OTHER MODELS IN THE MASERATI RANGE: GRANTURISMO MC, QUATTROPORTE AND GHIBLI

Visitors to the Geneva International Motor Show will find on display the GranTurismo MC (acronym for Maserati Corse) which perfectly represents the sporty DNA of the Modena company. The GranTurismo MC boasts an exclusive new configuration, for the first time ever with the Grigio Lava Matte as the exterior colour and “Nerissimo Carbon Pack” trim with the Black Chrome contrasting finishes for the various details: the upper portion of the grille with black vertical slats, the profiles of the boot, the lettering on the tailgate, the logo on the pillars, the side air intakes, exhaust outlets and window frames. With the Nerissimo Carbon pack the door handles, mirror caps, front splitter, and rear spoiler are in Carbon fibre. The same material will be available for the interior customization packs.

The stand also features various different Maserati models, including a Levante S Q4 GranSport in an exclusive trim with the exterior in a Bronze colour, which boasts interiors in Zegna PELLETESSUTA™. The car sports 21” polished Helios rims. For the first time in the history of this longstanding partnership with Zegna, the customization has been extended to also include the GranSport trims of the Maserati range. An especially sophisticated combination for this Levante, the first SUV in the more than one-hundred year history of Maserati.

On display, the Maserati Quattroporte S Q4 GranLusso with its Blu Sofisticato coloured body combined with interiors in PELLETESSUTA™ Zegna, an extremely elegant configuration to once again underscore the exclusive, luxurious character of this Italian manufacturer flagship, whose origins date back to Series I designed in 1963 to be the fastest sedan in the world. The 21” Atlante alloy rims with blue brake calipers and the sport seats underscore the dual nature of this model.

Two Maserati Ghibli S Q4 (GranSport and GranLusso trims), 430 hp, can be viewed on the stand. The GranSport trim is equipped with metallic Grigio Maratea paint on the outside and Nerissimo pack with a red interior in full-grain “Pieno Fiore” leather and black stitching, plus roof lining in black Alcantara. The rims are 21” in Glossy Black Titanium, which imbue the Maserati sedan, boasting Q4 Intelligent All-Wheel Drive system, with a unique, unmistakable character. The elegance of the GranLusso trim is highlighted by the tri-coat exterior Bianco Alpi paint and by the 20” Teseo rims; on the inside the full-grain “Pieno Fiore” black leather has been combined with Oak trim and roof lining in grey Alcantara.

The entire MY19 range, composed of Ghibli, Quattroporte and Levante models, has benefited from a luxurious restyling which combined targeted interventions in terms of both style and new contents.

Both the sedans and the SUV with MY19 specifications are equipped with a redesigned shorter-travel gearshift lever featuring a more intuitive shift pattern and improved operation.

The Maserati Levante Trofeo for the European market is capable of delivering 580 hp at 6,250 rpm, achieving extremely high peak rotation, maintaining the same torque of 730 Nm, usable in a wide range between 2,500 and 5,000 rpm. The Levante Trofeo therefore displays the characteristic of immediately providing high levels of torque even at low revs, a feature that is appreciated by the customers of this type of SUV. Thanks to new turbochargers with increased flow, a redesigned cylinder head with specific camshafts and valves, new pistons and new connecting rods, the Levante Trofeo is able to achieve impressive power peaks, in combination with specific engine calibration mapping.

The new Levante Trofeo features Full Matrix LED adaptive headlights as standard. Compared to Bi-Xenon headlamps, LED technology offers 20% better visibility, 32% cooler light and headlights that last twice as long.

The full LED headlights utilize a digital camera mounted behind the rear-view mirror that supports the Glare-free High Beam detection system, allowing the driver to keep the high beam on without dazzling oncoming drivers. The system is able to create a “zone of shade” around other vehicles switching dynamically on and off the LED matrixes. The full Matrix LED headlights can create up to four light tunnels simultaneously with each tunnel as large as the obstacle.

The Brembo braking system deals superbly with the high performance of the Levante Trofeo. The front brakes have adopted 6-piston aluminium monobloc calipers working on 380 mm x 34 mm drilled discs, while 4-piston aluminium monobloc calipers with 330 mm x 28 mm ventilated drilled discs are fitted at the rear. The ABS has undergone a specific setup for the Trofeo version.

Levante, Ghibli and Quattroporte share the same MTC+ infotainment system, which is based on a high resolution 8.4” multi-touch screen and a double rotary knob on the centre console.

For MY19 there is a choice of nine body colours for the Quattroporte and 10 for each of the Ghibli and Levante models. A new tri-coat colour is now available, born to enhance the design of each: the elegant Blu Nobile.

In the wide collection of alloy wheels designed specifically for every single Maserati model, there are five brand new designs in the MY19 catalogue in 20 and 21-inch sizes, two for each of the Levante and Quattroporte models and one for the Ghibli.

THE HISTORIC MODENA PLANT

Speaking of the historic Modena plant, recently Maserati announced that it reconfirms its strategic mission. The plant will be dedicated to the manufacturing of special high performance, high technology sports cars, in line with the tradition and values of the Brand, which has been present at Modena since 1939.

This will exploit the know-how and experience of the staff involved in the production of the cars, which require a very special fabrication cycle: a fully-fledged synergy of craftsmanship and innovation, scrupulous attention to detail and the highest quality standards, resulting in the manufacture of unique, exclusive products which represent the very best of the “Made in Italy” brand worldwide.

The current production lines will be upgraded, indeed, totally renewed, starting this Autumn: the first pre-series production of a new model, a characteristically Maserati sports car, will roll off the lines in the first half of next year.

Octo Maserati GranLusso and GranSport by Bulgari

Maserati's prestige partnership with Bulgari, launched in 2012, has led to the creation of two exclusive wristwatches: Octo Maserati GranLusso and Octo Maserati GranSport by Bulgari Specifically intended for owners of the Brand's cars, they feature the spectacular dial (with retrograde minutes and jumping hours) resembling the rpm-counter of a Maserati, while the stitched leather strap recalls the upholstery of Trident cars.

Ermenegildo Zegna Maserati Capsule Collection for Spring Summer 2019

At the Geneva Motor Show, Ermenegildo Zegna and Maserati are delighted to present the new Maserati Capsule Collection for Spring Summer 2019: an exquisite collection of leather goods, travel clothing and elegant accessories, displaying all the excellence for which these two iconic Italian brands are famed. Building on a well-established partnership launched early in 2013, Maserati and Zegna offer products of unrivalled quality of details, performance and design, made to measure for those wishing to surround themselves with luxury. The Maserati Capsule Collection is available in selected Ermenegildo Zegna stores worldwide and on Zegna.com

Maserati S.p.A.

Maserati produces a complete range of unique cars with an amazing personality, immediately recognisable anywhere. With their style, technology and innately exclusive character, they delight the most discerning, demanding tastes and have always been an automotive industry benchmark. Ambassadors of this heritage are the Quattroporte flagship, the Ghibli sports sedan, the Levante, Maserati’s very first SUV, and the GranTurismo and GranCabrio sports cars. A range complete as never before, with petrol and diesel engines, rear or all-wheel drive, the finest materials and outstanding engineering. A tradition of successful cars, each of them redefining what makes an Italian sports car in terms of design, performance, comfort, elegance and safety.

Rule of law seminar, Goma, Democratic Republic of Congo by U.S. Army Southern European Task Force, Africa

U.S. Army photo

Lt. Col. Stephen Salerno, Judge Advocate for U.S. Army Africa’s (USARAF) Office of the Staff Judge Advocate (OSJA) recently provided a week of stability-focused legal instruction in Goma, Democratic Republic of Congo (DRoC).

The weeklong event, hosted by the Defense Institute for International Legal Studies (DIILS), included classes on refugee rights under international law; internal armed conflict and the law; and counter-insurgency doctrine. DIILS is the lead Department of Defense security cooperation resource for professional legal education, training and rule-of-law programs.

African participants included military, legal and government representatives from DRoC, Tanzania and Burundi. The regional seminar addressed issues such as border security and combating terrorism, Salerno said.

The choice of Goma, located in the eastern DRoC province of Kivu, as the location for the event was ideal for a seminar addressing border security issues, because it is adjacent to Rwanda and shares boundaries with Burundi, Tanzania and Uganda.

The area is strategically significant in its regional context because counterinsurgent groups are believed to operate there, he said.

Along with Salerno, seminar instructors from the Center for Civil and Military Relations, U.S. Customs and Border Patrol, and the U.S. Coast Guard lead sessions.

Since the predominant language in DRoC is French, instructors were forced to adapt by communicating with their students through an interpreter.

“My first thought was that the translators would slow us down, but in actuality the pace permitted the instructors to emphasize certain points, and provided time to observe the participants reactions,” Salerno said. “The benefit was that the short gap in time provided the instructors opportunities to reiterate certain points, or to pause for questions. Judging by the frequent questions and engagement of the participants, using interpreters may have improved the quality of the seminar.”

The course of instruction was the second, follow-on iteration of a two-phase program, and took into account topics that were developed during the first phase, including the difficulty in controlling porous borders and addressing security concerns with a lack of resources. The seminar also paved the way-ahead for future sub-regional programs addressing rule of law, anti-corruption and anti-terrorism considerations, Salerno said.

Hosting instructive programs such as the DIILS seminar will allow DRoC and neighboring countries in Eastern Africa develop the mutual trust necessary to enable collective action in response to internal domestic challenges as well as combating terrorist threats, he said.

Salerno is a U.S. Army Reserve officer assigned to the 91st Legal Support Office with previous experience traveling and teaching in Africa, and an easy choice to fulfill the DIILS mission requirements. In his civilian capacity, he is a labor and employment attorney for USARAF OSJA in Vicenza, Italy.

USARAF’s mission is to promote security, stability and peace with African land force partners. Conducting programs such as the DIILS initiative will enable USARAF to meet these goals while providing the resources and guidance needed to achieve additional common African and American objectives, Salerno said.

“DIILS and similar programs will allow American and African forces to build a better understanding of the issues confronting them, proposed solutions, and the development of capacity to adequately address them,” he said.

To learn more about U.S. Army Africa visit our official website at www.usaraf.army.mil

Official Twitter Feed: www.twitter.com/usarmyafrica

Official Vimeo video channel: www.vimeo.com/usarmyafrica

An Excessively Rare, Exceptional, and Important Roman Imperatorial Gold Aureus of Marcus Antonius and L. Livineius Regulus, the Finest of Fifteen Known Examples by Ancient Art & Numismatics

4

Marcus Antonius and L. Livineius Regulus. Aureus 42, AV 7.96 g. M·ANTONIVS – III.VIR·R·P.C Head of M. Antonius r. Rev. L·REGVLVS – IIIIVIR·A·P.F Hercules seated facing on rock, holding spear and sword, with lion’s skin draped over lap; on r., shield decorated with gorgoneion. Babelon Antonia 25 and Livineia 3. C 25. Bahrfeldt 48.7 and pl. VI, 15 (this coin illustrated). Sydenham 1103. T.V. Buttrey “The Triumviral Portrait Gold of the Quattuoviri Monetales of 42 B.C.”, NNM 137, 1956, Sear Imperators 143. Calicó 90 (this coin). Biaggi 52 (this coin). Crawford 494/2a.

Extremely rare, undoubtedly the finest of fifteen specimens known of which only

five are in private hands. In exceptional state of preservation for an issue which

is normally found in modest condition. A magnificent portrait struck on

a broad flan and a delightful reddish tone. Extremely fine Ex Rollin & Feuardent 25-30 April 1887, Ponton d’Amécourt, 38; Hirsch 18, 1907, Imhoof-Blumer, 491 and Leu 22, 1979, 185 sales. The portrait aurei of 42 B.C. are devoted to the three members of the second triumvirate – Octavian, Antony and Lepidus. All were produced by four moneyers, Clodius, Mussidius, Varus and Regulus, and Buttrey’s proposal that the four moneyers struck in the same year has generally been accepted. Each moneyer struck portrait aurei for each triumvir, making it a comprehensive series. The aurei of L. Livineius Regulus are unique within the group because they are not die linked with coins of the other three moneyers. This aspect, taken with the unusual characteristics of some of Regulus’ silver coins, allowed Buttrey to argue that Regulus was the primus, or leading member, of the college of four moneyers. If so, the coins of Regulus may have been struck first, with those of Clodius, Mussidius and Varus following in a manner that allowed them to be die linked among each other. Based upon the inscription PRAEF.VR on one of Regulus’ denarii, Buttrey suggests Regulus was serving as the praefect of the city of Rome in 42 B.C., and that his duties included control of the coinage when consuls were absent. Thus, Regulus out of necessity may have become one of the moneyers so he could perform his expanded duties as praefect. Regulus’ portrait aurei were carefully conceived, as the reverse type associated with each triumvir refers to the divine forbearers of the men: Octavian claimed descent from Venus, which is implied by Regulus’ type of Aeneas carrying Anchises; Lepidus counted Mars among his ancestors, which is alluded to by his type depicting the Vestal Virgin Aemilia; and Antony is said to have been descended form Hercules, who is shown on the aurei Regulus produced for him. As Buttrey points out, offering descent from a divinity as a qualification for authority was not original to this series; similar overtures had been made on earlier coinage by Sulla (with Venus), Pompey (with Neptune) and Julius Caesar (with Venus). However, Regulus’ coins show a strengthening of that trend, and imply that “...the Fortune of the city was to be assured by divinity as it were made flesh.” The portrait die of this specimen was paired only with one reverse die, assuring us that it did not have a particularly long life. Stylistically it is perhaps the finest of all the Antony portrait dies employed by these moneyers. The inscription IIII VIR A P F is instructive, if not entirely clear. It almost certainly abbreviates quatuorviri argento publico feriundo or quattuorvir auro publico feriundo, with the latter representing the first time gold was included as part of the regular issues – something of a landmark in the development of Roman coinage.

NAC73, 224

Read Full The Complete Guide to Figure Drawing for Comics and Graphic Novels [Ebook Free] by Bertie T Clark

Klick Link For Read Online Or Download The Complete Guide to Figure Drawing for Comics and Graphic Novels Book : bit.ly/2i4HaG5

Synopsis

Written for art students and beginners who want to illustrate for comics and graphic novels, this book provides a thorough grounding in drawing the human form. Explains how to pose and photograph models, and then use photos as reference for finished drawings Describes the essentials of creating sequential art, including backgrounds, facial expressions expressing emotion, poses suggesting action, and more Includes examples and principles on how to draw clothing and costumes Advises on writing dialogue that keeps the story action moving This comprehensive self-teaching course for illustrators features more than 150 instructive color illustrations.

Nurse by The Library of Virginia

22 4

Title: Nurse

Creator: Adolph B. Rice Studio

Date: 1961 Apr. 28

Identifier: Rice Collection 3277A

Format: 1 negative, safety film, 4 x 5 in.

Rights Info: No known restrictions on publication.

Repository: Library of Virginia, Visual Studies, 800 E. Broad St., Richmond, VA, 23219, USA, digitool1.lva.lib.va.us:8881/R

A good pioneer by Seldom Scene Photography

1

An instructive bit of artwork on the outside wall of a rural school near Camaguey, Cuba. Read all about it and more, over on my blog...

Blog | Facebook | twitter | Instagram

Monteverde Orchidarium by czav gva

3

a very instructive visit!

This image is taken from United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911 by Medical Heritage Library, Inc.

Go to the Book with image in the Internet Archive

Title: United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911

Creator: U.S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery

Publisher:

Sponsor:

Contributor:

Date: 1911

Language: eng

Vol. 5, No. 1 Preface... ... . ..... . . .. ......... .. ... .... . ... . .. . .... .. . . ..... . .. . . . ..... . v Special articles ............. . ....... . . . .. . ............... . ............1 Diphtheria prophylaxis in the Navy. by C. S. Butler. .... . .. .. . ...1 Notes on "606," by Raymond Spear.. . .... .. . ... .. .. . ... ..... . ........ . . 4 Recent diagnostic methods in otology applicable to the naval service, by G. B. Trible.... . . .. .... ...... . . .......... .. .. . .. 6 Bier's method of treatment in acute gonorrheal arthritis, by H.F. Strine. 12 Problems of sanitation in landing and expeditionary service in tropical and subtropical regions, translation by P. J. Waldner.. .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. .. 13 The mental examination of candidates for enlistment in the Navy and Marine Corps, by Heber Butts.. . ......... . . . .............. . .... . . . .... 29 The recent outbreak of cholera in Italy, by C. J. Holeman.. ..... .. . .. . . . 38 United States Naval Medical School Laboratories... ... ... .. ... .. .......... . . 41 The United States National Museum in its relation to other Government scientific collections, by P. E . Garrison .... . . . .. . .. . ..... . ..... .,..... 41 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-August, 1910....... . ... . .... ... . . ........ . .... . 43 Recent additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 43 Suggested devices............ . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . ..... . . . .. . ... . . . ..... . . . .. . 46 A sanitary garbage-can holder, by H. C. Kellers. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 46 The blanket splint, by F. X. Koltes..... ..... ... . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Clinical notes.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Reports of four transfusions by the vein-to-vein method with curved glass tubes, by A. M. Fauntleroy.. . . . . . . . .. . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Bilateral inguino-superficial hernia with bilateral undescended testicle, by H. C. Curl...... . ..... . .. . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Larvae in the deep urethra and bladder, by H. F. Strine..... ... .. . . .. ... 51 An extensive razor wound of throat, by W. G. Farwell. ...... . ....... ..... 62 Report of two cases of heat cramps on U. S. S. Charleston, by H. A. May... 53 Fatigue and exhaustion in the fireroom, by F. G. Abeken .... ... . ... .. . . 67 A case of diabetes mellitus, by J.B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley . ........... 58 Sciatica incident to physical test (50-mile walk), by J. A. B. Sinclair..... 58 Poisoning resulting from the injection of bismuth paste, by C. B. Camerer... 59 Current comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The medical library on the U. S. S. Solace... . ..... .. ......... .... . ... .. 61 Dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol in the treatment of syphilis. .. . .. . .. . . . . . . ... 61 New blank forms and instructions pertaining thereto.. . .. .... . ... . . ..... 63 A case of yellow fever reaches Honolulu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Progress in medical sciences. . ....... ... . .. . . . .. . . . ... . . .. . .... . ... .. ... . .. 67 General medicine. . .. .. ... . . .. . .... .. ... .. . .. . . .. . .. ..... .. . .. ........ 67 A modern conception of the psychoneuroses; status thymolymphaticus and its relation to sudden death; the Cammidge test in experimental pancreatitis and other conditions; hiccough in course of diaphragmatic pleurisy treated by Laborde's method ; fatigue the cause of enuresis; pellagra, some clinical and other features of the disease; is mercury a specific in pulmonary tuberculosis; a case of an acute febrile and probably infectious disease of unknown origin; further remarks on duodenal alimentation ; pemphigoid eruptions in typhoid fever, A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson . .. . .... . ... . . . .. . ... . . . .. 67 Surgery - The special field of neurological surgery, five years later; hypodermic injections in action, suggestions for simplifying their administration; the result of 168 operations for hernia; modern treatment of fractures; report of two cases of revolver shot wound of the brain; haemophilia; the exclusion of the skin in surgery; removal of foreign bodies from the bronchi; some notes on the use of nitrous oxid and oxygen for prolonged anesthesia; the end results of prostatectomy, R. Spear and E. Thompson ... . . . .. .. . .. . .... . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Hygiene and sanitation - Ventilation of ships, particularly merchant ships; oral prophylaxis; recruiting in the German army; concerning the sources of infection in cases of venereal diseases in the city of New York; the effect of a mosquito net on the air within it, H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. .. . . .. ... . .. . .. . . .. . ... . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . .... .. ... .... .. .. ..... 87 Tropical medicine - The rationale of quinine prophylaxis; a case of sleeping sickness studied by precise enumerative methods; statistical study of uncinariasis among white men in the Philippines, C. S. Butler.. . .. .. . .. 95 Pathology and bacteriology - A case of typhoid meningitis; complement fixation in thrombo-angiitie obliterans; personal observations on the Ehrlich-Hata "606;" certain aspects of the bacteriology of bacillary dysentery; a rapid presumptive test for diarrhea caused by the gas bacillus; investigation into the acid-fast bacteria found in the faeces with special reference to their presence in cases of tuberculosis; on the nature of the cellular elements presence in milk; infection of a still-born infant by an amoebiform protozoan (entamooba mortinatalium), O. J . Mink.. . . ..... . 99 Medical zoology - Ulcerating granuloma of the pudenda a protozoal disease (preliminary communication); report of 15 cases of hymenolepis nana, P. E. Garrison ... .... ... . ... ... .... .. ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. 102 Chemistry and pharmacy - Studies in OEdema. VI. The influence of adrenaline on absorption from the peritoneal cavity, with some remarks on the influence of calcium chloride on absorption ; the action of mercury and iodine in experimental syphilis; a protein reaction in the blood of the insane; chemistry of the antigen used in the Wassermann reaction; a lack of oxygen not a cause of death in cases of diminished air pressure; influence of mercury on the results of the serum reaction in antisyphilitic treatment; quantitative determination of albumin in the urine; E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............. . ............ ... ..... 104 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - The use of carbon dioxide snow in eye work; preliminary communication of a new method for the prevention and treatment of sympathetic ophthalmitis, E. M. Shipp......... .. . .. ... ... .. . 106 Reports and letters .. . . . ...... . .... . .... . ... . . ... . ... . .. . . . .. . . 109 A visit to the Leper Settlement, Molokai, Hawaii, J. D. Gatewood .... ... . 109 Report on the meeting of the American Public Health Association, 1910, C. N. Fiske. . ... ......... .. .. . .. . . . ... . . . ...... . . . .... .. . . ..... ... . . . 114 Report on the meeting of the American Hospital Association, 1910, A. W. Dunbar.. . .. .. .... . ... . ... .. . .. .. .. . . . .... ... ... ... .. .. .. ... . ....... 117 The latest word from Ehrlich........ . .............................. . .. 122 Vol. 5, No. 2 Preface... ... .. ... .. ........ ... .................. .... ..... .............. vii Special articles.....................125 The intravenous administration of "606" in 56 case, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison ...................... 125 Ehrlich discusses "606," translation, by Dr. J.C. Bierwirth. . ...... . . . ... 134 Satisfactory results with a simplified Wassermann technique (Emery), by E. R. Stitt. ..................... 142 Further notes on the preparation of a culture medium from dried blood serum, by E. W. Brown... . . .. .... . . .. . .. .... . . ... ........ .. .. . .... 144 Note on the existence of Agchylostoma duodenale in Guam, by W. M. Kerr. .....................145 Intestinal parasites found among the crew of the U.S.S. South Dakota, by E.G. Parker. .... . ..... .. . ..... .. . ..... ...... . .... ... . . ... .. ...... . 145 Results of an examination of Filipino mess attendants for intestinal parasites, by W. A. Angwin and C. E. Camerer ..................... 147 The practical use of carbon dioxide snow as seen at the West London Hospital, by G. D. Hale. .. .... . .. . . . .. ... . . . .......... . .......... . ..... . 148 Nomenclature for causes of physical disability in the Navy, by 0. N. Fiske.. . .. . .......................... . .. .. . .... .. . . .. ...... .. .. .. . 149 United States Naval Medical School laboratories . . . . . . ..................... 159 An atypical typhoid bacillus, by O. J. Mink.. .. . .. ........ .. ........... 159 Notes on parasites found at animal autopsies in the Naval Medical School laboratories during 1910, by C. S. Butler and P. E. Garrison.. . .. . ...... 159 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .. ... . . 161 Additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .... .162 Suggested devices ...... . . . ... ... .. . . . . . . 163 An intestine tray for autopsies, by P. E. Garrison. . . .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... 163 A suggested improvement in the method of taking finger prints, by F. H. Brooks . .... .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. ... . .... .. .. .. .. . . .. .... . . .. .. . ..... . .. 164 Clinical notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of cholecystectomy, by R. Spear. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of fracture of the skull, by W. M. Garton. . . ... ... . ... . ........ . .. 168 Hypernephroma of right kidney, nephrectomy with recovery, by A. M. Fauntleroy... ... .. ... .. ..... .... . .. . . ..... ..... . .... . ............. . 169 A case of general chronic perihepatitis, by E. R. Stitt .. . . . . . .. ...... . ... 171 Bacillary dysentery showing extreme toxaemia, by E. R. Stitt........ .. .. 173 Report on 10 cases of syphilis treated with "606," by U. R. Webb....... 173 A suspected case of gangosa, by O. J. Mink.. . . .. . ...... . .... .. . . . .... .... 178 Lamblia intestinalis and ascaris lumbricoides associated with amoebic dysentery by G. B. Trible . . . . . ... ....... . . . . .. . .. .. ... . .... . ........ . . . . . . 178 A case of pernicious anemia showing points of resemblance to kala azar, by E. R. Stitt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 A case of amoebic dysentery with liver abscess by E. R. Stitt. . .. .. ... ... 180 A case of intussusception, by E. R. Stitt..... . . .. . . . . . .. ......... .. . .. . . . 181 Report of two unusual fracture cases, by J. B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley... 181 Associated tuberculosis and syphilis, by O. J. Mink and E. H. H. Old...... 182 An undesirable recruit, by Heber Butts............................ . . . . . 183 Report of six cases of appendicitis aboard the U.S. S. Tennessee, by M. K. Johnson and W. L. Mann...... ... .......................... .. ........ 190 Current comment... .. .................................................... 193 Notification of venereal diseases.............. . .......................... 193 The use of salvarsan in filarial disease.. ...................... . .......... 194 Howard Taylor Ricketts...................................... . ........ 195 Typhoid vaccination. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Further notes on the new blank forms..................................... 196 The bacteriology of acute poliomyelitis............. . .... .. .. ...... ..... 197 Hospital facilities at Montevideo.... .... . .............................. 197 A correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 A course of instructive lectures . ......................................... 197 Physical culture......... ... . . ........... .. .......................... . . 198 Progress in medical sciences...... . ................. . ..... . ............. . .. 199 General medicine - Haemoglobinuric fever on the Canal Zone; malingering; on the presence of a venous hum in the epigastrium in cirrhosis of the liver; the use of the X-ray in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; mercury succinimid in the treatment of tuberculosis; high blood pressure in arteriosclerosis; the treatment and prognosis of exophthalmic goitre; some clinical methods of diagnosis of the functional activity of the heart; further notes on the treatment of paralysis agitans with parathyroid gland; on fever caused by the bite of the sand fly (Phlebotomus papatasii); Myzomyia roasii as a malaria carrier; a modified Caldwell kitchen incinerator for field use, by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Xeilson....... 199 Surgery - The cause of death from shock by commercial electric currents and the treatment of same; the best method of exposing the interior of the bladder in suprapubic operations; "606 "; a consideration of surgical methods of treating hyperthyroidism; genito-urinary diseases; radium therapy; the intravenous use of cocaine, report of a case; diseases of the stomach and duodenum from a surgical standpoint; dry iodine catgut; disinfection of the skin by tincture of iodine; the Roentgen-ray examination of the esophagus; solitary perforation of the ileum associated with strangulated and obstructed hernia; the time and method for prostatectomy; a practical mechanical method of end-to-end anastomosis of blood vessels; by R. Spear and E. \V . Thompson................... 213 Hygiene and sanitation - Sterilization of water on a large scale by means of ultra-violet rays; nota sulla carne refrigerata e sui refrigeranti dei piroscafi; the American game of football, is it a factor for good or for evil? the hygiene of the simming pool ; "cordite eating"; the process of disinfection by chemical agencies and hot water; eggs, a study of eggs offered for sale as pure food; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. ..... .. 226 Tropical medicine - Upon a new pathognomonic sign of malaria; a simple method for the treatment of cholera; traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine, by C. S. Butler. . .... .. ....... ... .. ...... . . . . ..... .. . ....... 237 Pathology and bacteriology - A method for the bacteriological standardization of disinfectants; microorganism found in the blood of acute cases of poliomyelitis; experimental rssearches upon typhus exanthematicus done at the Pasteur Institute of Tunis during the year l910; bacteriology of human bile with especial reference to the typhoid carrier problem; the control of typhoid in the army by vaccination; experiments on transmission of bacteria by flies with special relation to an epidemic of bacillary dysentery at the Worcester State Hospital, Massachusetts, 1910; experiences in the use of vaccines in chronic suppuration of the nasal access0ry sinuses; histological study of skin lesions of pellagra; a resume of the evidence concerning the diagnostic and clinical value of the Wassermann reaction; experimentelle Beitrage zum Studium des Mechanismus der Immunkorper und Komplementwirkung; by O. J . Mink.............. 240 Chemistry and pharmacy.-The preparation of thyroid extract for therapeutic purposes; the action of urinary antiseptics; wird eingenommenes Chinin mit der Muttermilch ausgeschieden? Uebergang von Arzenmitteln in die Milch; the quantitative estimation of albumin in the urine, by Tsuchiya's procss; the quantitative determination of albumin according to Tsuchiya; on the stability of the solutions prepared for Bang's method of estimating sugar in the urine, by E. M. Brown and O. G. Ruge.. . .......... 251 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Tests for color-vision ; a note on the use of scarlet red in corneal diseases; report on progress in otology; ear disease and its prevention; the prevalence of middle ear disease in the [British] army, with a suggestion for a remedy; peritonsillar abscess; by E. M. Shipp. . ........ . . 266 Reports and letters ............ 267 The surgical aspect of the engagement of La Ceiba, Honduras, by L. W. Bishop and W. L. Irvine.......... . ......... . .. . ... . ....... . . . ...... 267 Extract from sanitary report of U.S.S. New Orleans, for the year 1901, by W. F. Arnold... .. .. .. ....... ... . . . ... . . ... ..... . . ... . . . .. .. . . ....... 269 Vol. 5, No. 3 Preface...... ........... ................... .... ...... .... .. .... ...... .. ... v Special articles: · Tropical diseases in their relation to the eye, by E. M. Shipp.... .... . . . . 271 Intravenous administration of salvarsan, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison. ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 The mental examination of 50 recruits who became insane soon after enlistment, by Heber Butts........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Diagnosis and treatment of hernia in the Navy, by B. F. Jenness.... .. ... 313 United States Medical School laboratories: Davainea madagascariensis in the Philippine Islands, by P. E. Garrison. . 321 The interpretation of negative and weakly positive reactions in Noguchi's complement fixation test, by M. E. Higgins... . .. . . . ....... . ......... 327 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911........ . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 328 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Suggested devices: An improvised X-ray apparatus, by H. A. Harris. . . . ..... . .. .. . .. . . . . . . 331 Fracture of mandible with improved method of adjustment, by W. A. Angwin .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Clinical notes: Gunshot wound of elbow, by Raymond Spear..... .. .. . .... . . . ... . . . ... . 335 Clinical symptoms appearing immediately after antityphoid inoculation, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark. . .. .... . .. ..... . . ... . . ... .. . .. . . . . . .. 336 Posterior gastro-enteroetomy three years after anterior gastro-enteroetomy, by A. M. Fauntleroy... . .. ... .. ... . . ... . .. . . .. ... ... ... .. ..... . .. . . . 338 Pontine hemorrhage resulting from a blow in boxing, by H. C. Curl.. . . . . 340 Fracture of the zygoma, by R. B. Williams... ... .. . . ............ ....... 341 Death from unruptured thoracic aneurism, by E. P. Huff... . . .... . .. ... 342 A plastic pernicious anemia associated with agchyloetomiaeis, by E. R. Stitt. 345 Balantidium coli infection associated with amoebic dysentery, by G. B. Trible..... . ..... ... . ... . . . ... . . . ....... . ........ . ..... .. . 346 Return of syphilitic symptoms after administration of salvarsan, by C. F. Sterne. . ....... . .. . . . . .. . . ... . ..... . .... . ........ . .... . . . . .... . ... . . . 348 A case of syphilis which poeeibly demonstrates the efficacy of prophylaxis against venereal diseases, by E. H. H. Old ... . . . . .. ..... 349 Cerebral syphilis in a native of Guam, by W. M. Kerr.. ... . . ... ... ..... 350 A case of autoserotherapy, by E. O. J. Eytinge and L. W. McGuire. ...... 351 Haemoglobinuric fever, by D. G. Sutton. . . . ...... . .. . .. .. . .... .. . .... .. 352 Shock caused by lightning stroke, by W. S. Hoen .... . .. . . ............ . . 353 An unusual cause of burn, by F. M. Munson.......... .. . . .. . ..... . .. .. 354 Traumatic extrusion of testicle, by J . A. B. Sinclair. . . .. . . . . ....... . ... 355 Current comment: Criticisms and suggestions relative to the health records . .. .. . . . · 357 Distinguished honors conferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 The closing exercises of the Naval Medical School... . ...... . .... . ... . . . 358 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Plague in Manchuria and its lessons; the treatment of arthritis deformans; hereditary haemophilia, deficiency in the coagulability of the blood the only immediate cause of the condition; discussion of acidosis, by A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson .. ........ .. ... .. . . .... 361 Surgery - Laceration of the axillary portion of the shoulder joint as a factor in the etiology of traumatic combined paralysis of the upper extremity; tuberculosis of the kidney and ureter; injuries to the kidneys with end results; fracture of the patella; acute emergencies of abdominal disease; intestinal obstruction due to kinks and adhesions of the terminal ileum; the functions of the great omentum; treatment of peritonitis consecutive to appendicitis; treatment of ascites by drainage into the subcutaneous tissue of the abdomen; special dangers associated with operations on the biliary passages and their avoidance; a simple method for the relief of certain forms of odynphagia; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson....... ...... . . ... . ... ... ... .. 365 Hygiene and sanitation - Food requirements for sustenance and work; carbo-gasoline method for the disinfection of books; typhoid fever and mussel pollution; the duty of the community toward ita consumptives; some aspects of tropical sanitation; table jellies; the significance of the bacillus carrier in the spread of Asiatic cholera; the value of vaccination and revaccination; prophylaxie de la syphilis; the value of terminal disinfection; a method for determining the germicidal value and penetrating power of liquid disinfectants; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske........... 377 Tropical medicine - Further researches on the hyphomycetes of tinea imbricata; the action of'' 606" in sleeping sickness; the action of salvarsan in malaria; the application of "606" to the treatment of kala-azar; the specific treatment of leprosy; the role of the infective granule in certain protozoa! infections as illustrated by the spirochaetosis of Sudanese fowls, preliminary note; by C. S. Butler. . .... . . . ..... . .. .. .. . . . . ... . ... .... 389 Pathology and bacteriology - Ehrlich's biochemical theory and its conception and application; researches on experimental typhoid fever; a record of 90 diphtheria carriers; the serum diagnosis of syphilis; by M. E. Higgins. . . . 392 Medical zoology - Note on the presence of a lateral spine in the eggs of Schistosoma japonicum; onchocerciasis in cattle with special reference to the structure and bionomic characters of the parasite; by P. E. Garrison .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Chemistry and pharmacy - The preparation of a convenient and stable litmus solution; a method to demonstrate and estimate the digestive fermenta in the feces; a simple method for the estimation of ammonia in the urine of diabetics for the recognition of acidosis; new process for sterilizing water by potassium permanganate; the colorimetric estimation of dextrose in urine; a new method for the estimation of sugar in the urine; by E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge . .. . .. ... . . . ..... ... . . 398 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Examination of the nose and throat in relation to general diagnosis, results in asthma; the nonsurgical treatment of cataract; by E. M. Shipp..... . . . .. . .. .. .. . .... .. ... . 400 Reports and letters: Plague conditions in North China, by W. D. Owens.......... .. .. ... ... 405 Vol. 5, No. 4 Preface ... .. . . . ............... . ...... ... ........................ .. ........ v Special articles: The tenth convention of the second Hague conference of 1907, and its relation to the evacuation of the wounded in naval warfare, by F. L. Pleadwell (first paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Is gangoea a form of syphilis? by H. E. Odell....... .. ... . ............. 430 Salvarsan as a diagnostic and therapeutic agent in syphilis, by C. M. George.... .. ............ ...... . . .. .... . . . .... . .. . 485 Flat foot and its relation to the Navy, by R. G. Heiner.. . ............... 451 Notes on submarine cruising, by I. F. Cohn............................ 455 Important features in the technique of carbon dioxide estimations in air, by E. W. Brown... . ................. . .. . . . ... . ...... . ...... . ..... . . 457 The use of salvarsan on board the U.S.S. Michigan, by J . J. Snyder and A. L. Clifton............. . . .. . . .............. . .................... . .. 459 Notes on vaccination, by A. B. Clifford... .. ........................... 461 The preparation of patient.e for operation at the United States Naval Hospital, Norfolk, Va., by W. M. Garton.. . ..... .... .. .. ... . . . ...... ..... 462 United States Naval Medical School laboratories: Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911 ........ . ... .......... . .. . .. 465 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911.................... . .... . .. .. . ... . .. 465 Suggested devices: An apparatus for hoisting patients aboard the hospital ship Solace, by E. M. Blackwell... . ............ . . . ................................ . . 467 An inexpensive and satisfactory ethyl chloride inhaler for general anaesthesia, by J. H. Barton .. . . ... .. .. .. . . .. .. . .. .... ...... 469 Clinical notes: Old "irreducible" dislocation of head of humerus, by H. C. Curl. . . . ... . 471 A case of brain tumor, by R. E. Hoyt.. .. .... .... . ...... . . .... . .. ........ 472 A case of brain abscess, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark.. .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . 474 Report of two cases of cerebrospinal fever, by R. A. Bachmann.. . . . .... 477 A case of leprosy on board the U.S.S. Villalobos, by D. H. Noble....... 479 A case resembling gangosa, in which a treponema was found, by P. S. Rossiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 A case extensively burned, by N. T. McLean.. ... .... .. . . .. . .. ... ... . . . 481 Acute pemphigus following vaccination, by R. Hayden.... ... . .... ..... . . 482 Two interesting cases on the U.S.S. Prairie, by C. C. Grieve . .. . . . .... . . 486 An atypical case of typhoid fever, by L. W. Johnson... . ... . .. . .... . .. . .. 488 Tolerance of the peritoneum rarely seen, by P. R. Stalnaker and G. W. Shepard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Note on tincture of iodine, by R. Spear...... . . . . . ... . ... .... . .. . .. ..... 490 Notes on salvarsan, by R. Spear..... . ...... . .............. . ..... . . ..... 491 Current comment : Instructions relative to medical returns ... ....... . ..... . ............... .493 Clinical cards .. ........... ... . . .. .. ... . .... . . . . . .. . ... . .. . ......... . . .494 Measles in Samoa . ................ .. . ... . . . . ... . ....................... .495 The conservation of the public health ........ . .................... .496 Closure of the naval stations at San Juan and Culebra ....... .. .. . . . ..... 498 New pavilion for the practice of thoracic surgery ........ . ..... ...... 498 The Bellevue Hospital nomenclature of diseases and conditions, 1911 .... .498 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Pathological and experimental data derived from a further study of an acute infectious disease of unknown origin; the mode of transmission of leprosy; genesis of incipient tuberculisus; a method for determining the absolute pressure of the cerebrospinal fluid; the after history of cases of albuminuria occurring in adolescence; the stereoscopic X-ray examination of the chest with special reference to the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; the use of antiformin in the examination for the tubercle bacillus; by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Neilson ............. . . . 501 Surgery - The control of bleeding in operations for brain tumors; intravenous anesthesia from hedonal; the difficulties and limitations of diagnosis in advanced cases of renal tuberculosis; the treatment of X-ray ulcer; nephroureterectomy; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson .. 511 Hygiene and Sanitation - A simple method of purifying almost any infected water for drinking purposes; the physiology of the march; wall paper and illumination; vaccination et serotherapie anticholeriques; upon the inoculation of materia morbi through the human skin by fleabites; garbage receptacles; the relative influence of the heat and chemical impurity of close air; method for measuring the degree of vitiation of the air of inclosed spaces; by H. G. Beyer and C.N. Fiske . .. . .. ..... . 518 Tropical medicine - The diagnosis of pellagra; researches upon acarids among lepers; action of "606" upon malaria; by C. S. Butler ......... . 523 Pathology and bacteriology - An outbreak of gastroenteritis caused by B. paratyphosus; infection of rabbits with the virus of poliomyelitis; the mechanism of the formation of metastases in malignant tumors; a method for the pure cultivation of pathogenic treponema pallidum; by Y. E . Higgins .. .... .. .. . ..................... .. ..... . ............. . ...... . 528 Medical zoology - On Kwan's fluke and the presence of spines in fasciolopsis; endemic Mediterranean fever (Malta fever) in southwest Tcxas; by P. E. Garrison . ..... . .......... .. . . .... . .... . ........... . . . 532 Chemistry and pharmacy - Detection of blood by means of leuco-malachitegreen; an improved form of Heller's ring test for detection of albumin in the urine; an important reagent for Fehling's method for sugar estimation; method for the estimation of urotropin in the urine; detection of amylolytic ferments in the feces; new technique for the estimation of total nitrogen, ammonia, and urea in the urine; chemotherapy and "606" by E. W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............... 533 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Defective vision and its bearing on the question of fitness for service; "606 ' ' and eye diseases; by E. M. Shipp ... .. .. .538 Reports and letters: American Medical Association meeting, by C. P. Bfagg .. .. .... . .....550 Sanitary report on Kiukiang, Kiangse Province, China, by D. H. Noble ...550 Index to volume V ...............559 Subject index .......... . ........ . ....................... 559 Author's index . . . ........ . ..... . ......... . ......... . 570

If you have questions concerning reproductions, please contact the Contributing Library.

Note: The colors, contrast and appearance of these illustrations are unlikely to be true to life. They are derived from scanned images that have been enhanced for machine interpretation and have been altered from their originals.

Read/Download from the Internet Archive

See all images from this book

See all MHL images published in the same year

This image is taken from United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911 by Medical Heritage Library, Inc.

Go to the Book with image in the Internet Archive

Title: United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911

Creator: U.S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery

Publisher:

Sponsor:

Contributor:

Date: 1911

Language: eng

Vol. 5, No. 1 Preface... ... . ..... . . .. ......... .. ... .... . ... . .. . .... .. . . ..... . .. . . . ..... . v Special articles ............. . ....... . . . .. . ............... . ............1 Diphtheria prophylaxis in the Navy. by C. S. Butler. .... . .. .. . ...1 Notes on "606," by Raymond Spear.. . .... .. . ... .. .. . ... ..... . ........ . . 4 Recent diagnostic methods in otology applicable to the naval service, by G. B. Trible.... . . .. .... ...... . . .......... .. .. . .. 6 Bier's method of treatment in acute gonorrheal arthritis, by H.F. Strine. 12 Problems of sanitation in landing and expeditionary service in tropical and subtropical regions, translation by P. J. Waldner.. .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. .. 13 The mental examination of candidates for enlistment in the Navy and Marine Corps, by Heber Butts.. . ......... . . . .............. . .... . . . .... 29 The recent outbreak of cholera in Italy, by C. J. Holeman.. ..... .. . .. . . . 38 United States Naval Medical School Laboratories... ... ... .. ... .. .......... . . 41 The United States National Museum in its relation to other Government scientific collections, by P. E . Garrison .... . . . .. . .. . ..... . ..... .,..... 41 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-August, 1910....... . ... . .... ... . . ........ . .... . 43 Recent additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 43 Suggested devices............ . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . ..... . . . .. . ... . . . ..... . . . .. . 46 A sanitary garbage-can holder, by H. C. Kellers. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 46 The blanket splint, by F. X. Koltes..... ..... ... . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Clinical notes.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Reports of four transfusions by the vein-to-vein method with curved glass tubes, by A. M. Fauntleroy.. . . . . . . . .. . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Bilateral inguino-superficial hernia with bilateral undescended testicle, by H. C. Curl...... . ..... . .. . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Larvae in the deep urethra and bladder, by H. F. Strine..... ... .. . . .. ... 51 An extensive razor wound of throat, by W. G. Farwell. ...... . ....... ..... 62 Report of two cases of heat cramps on U. S. S. Charleston, by H. A. May... 53 Fatigue and exhaustion in the fireroom, by F. G. Abeken .... ... . ... .. . . 67 A case of diabetes mellitus, by J.B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley . ........... 58 Sciatica incident to physical test (50-mile walk), by J. A. B. Sinclair..... 58 Poisoning resulting from the injection of bismuth paste, by C. B. Camerer... 59 Current comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The medical library on the U. S. S. Solace... . ..... .. ......... .... . ... .. 61 Dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol in the treatment of syphilis. .. . .. . .. . . . . . . ... 61 New blank forms and instructions pertaining thereto.. . .. .... . ... . . ..... 63 A case of yellow fever reaches Honolulu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Progress in medical sciences. . ....... ... . .. . . . .. . . . ... . . .. . .... . ... .. ... . .. 67 General medicine. . .. .. ... . . .. . .... .. ... .. . .. . . .. . .. ..... .. . .. ........ 67 A modern conception of the psychoneuroses; status thymolymphaticus and its relation to sudden death; the Cammidge test in experimental pancreatitis and other conditions; hiccough in course of diaphragmatic pleurisy treated by Laborde's method ; fatigue the cause of enuresis; pellagra, some clinical and other features of the disease; is mercury a specific in pulmonary tuberculosis; a case of an acute febrile and probably infectious disease of unknown origin; further remarks on duodenal alimentation ; pemphigoid eruptions in typhoid fever, A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson . .. . .... . ... . . . .. . ... . . . .. 67 Surgery - The special field of neurological surgery, five years later; hypodermic injections in action, suggestions for simplifying their administration; the result of 168 operations for hernia; modern treatment of fractures; report of two cases of revolver shot wound of the brain; haemophilia; the exclusion of the skin in surgery; removal of foreign bodies from the bronchi; some notes on the use of nitrous oxid and oxygen for prolonged anesthesia; the end results of prostatectomy, R. Spear and E. Thompson ... . . . .. .. . .. . .... . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Hygiene and sanitation - Ventilation of ships, particularly merchant ships; oral prophylaxis; recruiting in the German army; concerning the sources of infection in cases of venereal diseases in the city of New York; the effect of a mosquito net on the air within it, H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. .. . . .. ... . .. . .. . . .. . ... . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . .... .. ... .... .. .. ..... 87 Tropical medicine - The rationale of quinine prophylaxis; a case of sleeping sickness studied by precise enumerative methods; statistical study of uncinariasis among white men in the Philippines, C. S. Butler.. . .. .. . .. 95 Pathology and bacteriology - A case of typhoid meningitis; complement fixation in thrombo-angiitie obliterans; personal observations on the Ehrlich-Hata "606;" certain aspects of the bacteriology of bacillary dysentery; a rapid presumptive test for diarrhea caused by the gas bacillus; investigation into the acid-fast bacteria found in the faeces with special reference to their presence in cases of tuberculosis; on the nature of the cellular elements presence in milk; infection of a still-born infant by an amoebiform protozoan (entamooba mortinatalium), O. J . Mink.. . . ..... . 99 Medical zoology - Ulcerating granuloma of the pudenda a protozoal disease (preliminary communication); report of 15 cases of hymenolepis nana, P. E. Garrison ... .... ... . ... ... .... .. ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. 102 Chemistry and pharmacy - Studies in OEdema. VI. The influence of adrenaline on absorption from the peritoneal cavity, with some remarks on the influence of calcium chloride on absorption ; the action of mercury and iodine in experimental syphilis; a protein reaction in the blood of the insane; chemistry of the antigen used in the Wassermann reaction; a lack of oxygen not a cause of death in cases of diminished air pressure; influence of mercury on the results of the serum reaction in antisyphilitic treatment; quantitative determination of albumin in the urine; E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............. . ............ ... ..... 104 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - The use of carbon dioxide snow in eye work; preliminary communication of a new method for the prevention and treatment of sympathetic ophthalmitis, E. M. Shipp......... .. . .. ... ... .. . 106 Reports and letters .. . . . ...... . .... . .... . ... . . ... . ... . .. . . . .. . . 109 A visit to the Leper Settlement, Molokai, Hawaii, J. D. Gatewood .... ... . 109 Report on the meeting of the American Public Health Association, 1910, C. N. Fiske. . ... ......... .. .. . .. . . . ... . . . ...... . . . .... .. . . ..... ... . . . 114 Report on the meeting of the American Hospital Association, 1910, A. W. Dunbar.. . .. .. .... . ... . ... .. . .. .. .. . . . .... ... ... ... .. .. .. ... . ....... 117 The latest word from Ehrlich........ . .............................. . .. 122 Vol. 5, No. 2 Preface... ... .. ... .. ........ ... .................. .... ..... .............. vii Special articles.....................125 The intravenous administration of "606" in 56 case, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison ...................... 125 Ehrlich discusses "606," translation, by Dr. J.C. Bierwirth. . ...... . . . ... 134 Satisfactory results with a simplified Wassermann technique (Emery), by E. R. Stitt. ..................... 142 Further notes on the preparation of a culture medium from dried blood serum, by E. W. Brown... . . .. .... . . .. . .. .... . . ... ........ .. .. . .... 144 Note on the existence of Agchylostoma duodenale in Guam, by W. M. Kerr. .....................145 Intestinal parasites found among the crew of the U.S.S. South Dakota, by E.G. Parker. .... . ..... .. . ..... .. . ..... ...... . .... ... . . ... .. ...... . 145 Results of an examination of Filipino mess attendants for intestinal parasites, by W. A. Angwin and C. E. Camerer ..................... 147 The practical use of carbon dioxide snow as seen at the West London Hospital, by G. D. Hale. .. .... . .. . . . .. ... . . . .......... . .......... . ..... . 148 Nomenclature for causes of physical disability in the Navy, by 0. N. Fiske.. . .. . .......................... . .. .. . .... .. . . .. ...... .. .. .. . 149 United States Naval Medical School laboratories . . . . . . ..................... 159 An atypical typhoid bacillus, by O. J. Mink.. .. . .. ........ .. ........... 159 Notes on parasites found at animal autopsies in the Naval Medical School laboratories during 1910, by C. S. Butler and P. E. Garrison.. . .. . ...... 159 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .. ... . . 161 Additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .... .162 Suggested devices ...... . . . ... ... .. . . . . . . 163 An intestine tray for autopsies, by P. E. Garrison. . . .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... 163 A suggested improvement in the method of taking finger prints, by F. H. Brooks . .... .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. ... . .... .. .. .. .. . . .. .... . . .. .. . ..... . .. 164 Clinical notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of cholecystectomy, by R. Spear. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of fracture of the skull, by W. M. Garton. . . ... ... . ... . ........ . .. 168 Hypernephroma of right kidney, nephrectomy with recovery, by A. M. Fauntleroy... ... .. ... .. ..... .... . .. . . ..... ..... . .... . ............. . 169 A case of general chronic perihepatitis, by E. R. Stitt .. . . . . . .. ...... . ... 171 Bacillary dysentery showing extreme toxaemia, by E. R. Stitt........ .. .. 173 Report on 10 cases of syphilis treated with "606," by U. R. Webb....... 173 A suspected case of gangosa, by O. J. Mink.. . . .. . ...... . .... .. . . . .... .... 178 Lamblia intestinalis and ascaris lumbricoides associated with amoebic dysentery by G. B. Trible . . . . . ... ....... . . . . .. . .. .. ... . .... . ........ . . . . . . 178 A case of pernicious anemia showing points of resemblance to kala azar, by E. R. Stitt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 A case of amoebic dysentery with liver abscess by E. R. Stitt. . .. .. ... ... 180 A case of intussusception, by E. R. Stitt..... . . .. . . . . . .. ......... .. . .. . . . 181 Report of two unusual fracture cases, by J. B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley... 181 Associated tuberculosis and syphilis, by O. J. Mink and E. H. H. Old...... 182 An undesirable recruit, by Heber Butts............................ . . . . . 183 Report of six cases of appendicitis aboard the U.S. S. Tennessee, by M. K. Johnson and W. L. Mann...... ... .......................... .. ........ 190 Current comment... .. .................................................... 193 Notification of venereal diseases.............. . .......................... 193 The use of salvarsan in filarial disease.. ...................... . .......... 194 Howard Taylor Ricketts...................................... . ........ 195 Typhoid vaccination. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Further notes on the new blank forms..................................... 196 The bacteriology of acute poliomyelitis............. . .... .. .. ...... ..... 197 Hospital facilities at Montevideo.... .... . .............................. 197 A correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 A course of instructive lectures . ......................................... 197 Physical culture......... ... . . ........... .. .......................... . . 198 Progress in medical sciences...... . ................. . ..... . ............. . .. 199 General medicine - Haemoglobinuric fever on the Canal Zone; malingering; on the presence of a venous hum in the epigastrium in cirrhosis of the liver; the use of the X-ray in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; mercury succinimid in the treatment of tuberculosis; high blood pressure in arteriosclerosis; the treatment and prognosis of exophthalmic goitre; some clinical methods of diagnosis of the functional activity of the heart; further notes on the treatment of paralysis agitans with parathyroid gland; on fever caused by the bite of the sand fly (Phlebotomus papatasii); Myzomyia roasii as a malaria carrier; a modified Caldwell kitchen incinerator for field use, by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Xeilson....... 199 Surgery - The cause of death from shock by commercial electric currents and the treatment of same; the best method of exposing the interior of the bladder in suprapubic operations; "606 "; a consideration of surgical methods of treating hyperthyroidism; genito-urinary diseases; radium therapy; the intravenous use of cocaine, report of a case; diseases of the stomach and duodenum from a surgical standpoint; dry iodine catgut; disinfection of the skin by tincture of iodine; the Roentgen-ray examination of the esophagus; solitary perforation of the ileum associated with strangulated and obstructed hernia; the time and method for prostatectomy; a practical mechanical method of end-to-end anastomosis of blood vessels; by R. Spear and E. \V . Thompson................... 213 Hygiene and sanitation - Sterilization of water on a large scale by means of ultra-violet rays; nota sulla carne refrigerata e sui refrigeranti dei piroscafi; the American game of football, is it a factor for good or for evil? the hygiene of the simming pool ; "cordite eating"; the process of disinfection by chemical agencies and hot water; eggs, a study of eggs offered for sale as pure food; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. ..... .. 226 Tropical medicine - Upon a new pathognomonic sign of malaria; a simple method for the treatment of cholera; traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine, by C. S. Butler. . .... .. ....... ... .. ...... . . . . ..... .. . ....... 237 Pathology and bacteriology - A method for the bacteriological standardization of disinfectants; microorganism found in the blood of acute cases of poliomyelitis; experimental rssearches upon typhus exanthematicus done at the Pasteur Institute of Tunis during the year l910; bacteriology of human bile with especial reference to the typhoid carrier problem; the control of typhoid in the army by vaccination; experiments on transmission of bacteria by flies with special relation to an epidemic of bacillary dysentery at the Worcester State Hospital, Massachusetts, 1910; experiences in the use of vaccines in chronic suppuration of the nasal access0ry sinuses; histological study of skin lesions of pellagra; a resume of the evidence concerning the diagnostic and clinical value of the Wassermann reaction; experimentelle Beitrage zum Studium des Mechanismus der Immunkorper und Komplementwirkung; by O. J . Mink.............. 240 Chemistry and pharmacy.-The preparation of thyroid extract for therapeutic purposes; the action of urinary antiseptics; wird eingenommenes Chinin mit der Muttermilch ausgeschieden? Uebergang von Arzenmitteln in die Milch; the quantitative estimation of albumin in the urine, by Tsuchiya's procss; the quantitative determination of albumin according to Tsuchiya; on the stability of the solutions prepared for Bang's method of estimating sugar in the urine, by E. M. Brown and O. G. Ruge.. . .......... 251 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Tests for color-vision ; a note on the use of scarlet red in corneal diseases; report on progress in otology; ear disease and its prevention; the prevalence of middle ear disease in the [British] army, with a suggestion for a remedy; peritonsillar abscess; by E. M. Shipp. . ........ . . 266 Reports and letters ............ 267 The surgical aspect of the engagement of La Ceiba, Honduras, by L. W. Bishop and W. L. Irvine.......... . ......... . .. . ... . ....... . . . ...... 267 Extract from sanitary report of U.S.S. New Orleans, for the year 1901, by W. F. Arnold... .. .. .. ....... ... . . . ... . . ... ..... . . ... . . . .. .. . . ....... 269 Vol. 5, No. 3 Preface...... ........... ................... .... ...... .... .. .... ...... .. ... v Special articles: · Tropical diseases in their relation to the eye, by E. M. Shipp.... .... . . . . 271 Intravenous administration of salvarsan, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison. ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 The mental examination of 50 recruits who became insane soon after enlistment, by Heber Butts........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Diagnosis and treatment of hernia in the Navy, by B. F. Jenness.... .. ... 313 United States Medical School laboratories: Davainea madagascariensis in the Philippine Islands, by P. E. Garrison. . 321 The interpretation of negative and weakly positive reactions in Noguchi's complement fixation test, by M. E. Higgins... . .. . . . ....... . ......... 327 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911........ . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 328 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Suggested devices: An improvised X-ray apparatus, by H. A. Harris. . . . ..... . .. .. . .. . . . . . . 331 Fracture of mandible with improved method of adjustment, by W. A. Angwin .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Clinical notes: Gunshot wound of elbow, by Raymond Spear..... .. .. . .... . . . ... . . . ... . 335 Clinical symptoms appearing immediately after antityphoid inoculation, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark. . .. .... . .. ..... . . ... . . ... .. . .. . . . . . .. 336 Posterior gastro-enteroetomy three years after anterior gastro-enteroetomy, by A. M. Fauntleroy... . .. ... .. ... . . ... . .. . . .. ... ... ... .. ..... . .. . . . 338 Pontine hemorrhage resulting from a blow in boxing, by H. C. Curl.. . . . . 340 Fracture of the zygoma, by R. B. Williams... ... .. . . ............ ....... 341 Death from unruptured thoracic aneurism, by E. P. Huff... . . .... . .. ... 342 A plastic pernicious anemia associated with agchyloetomiaeis, by E. R. Stitt. 345 Balantidium coli infection associated with amoebic dysentery, by G. B. Trible..... . ..... ... . ... . . . ... . . . ....... . ........ . ..... .. . 346 Return of syphilitic symptoms after administration of salvarsan, by C. F. Sterne. . ....... . .. . . . . .. . . ... . ..... . .... . ........ . .... . . . . .... . ... . . . 348 A case of syphilis which poeeibly demonstrates the efficacy of prophylaxis against venereal diseases, by E. H. H. Old ... . . . . .. ..... 349 Cerebral syphilis in a native of Guam, by W. M. Kerr.. ... . . ... ... ..... 350 A case of autoserotherapy, by E. O. J. Eytinge and L. W. McGuire. ...... 351 Haemoglobinuric fever, by D. G. Sutton. . . . ...... . .. . .. .. . .... .. . .... .. 352 Shock caused by lightning stroke, by W. S. Hoen .... . .. . . ............ . . 353 An unusual cause of burn, by F. M. Munson.......... .. . . .. . ..... . .. .. 354 Traumatic extrusion of testicle, by J . A. B. Sinclair. . . .. . . . . ....... . ... 355 Current comment: Criticisms and suggestions relative to the health records . .. .. . . . · 357 Distinguished honors conferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 The closing exercises of the Naval Medical School... . ...... . .... . ... . . . 358 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Plague in Manchuria and its lessons; the treatment of arthritis deformans; hereditary haemophilia, deficiency in the coagulability of the blood the only immediate cause of the condition; discussion of acidosis, by A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson .. ........ .. ... .. . . .... 361 Surgery - Laceration of the axillary portion of the shoulder joint as a factor in the etiology of traumatic combined paralysis of the upper extremity; tuberculosis of the kidney and ureter; injuries to the kidneys with end results; fracture of the patella; acute emergencies of abdominal disease; intestinal obstruction due to kinks and adhesions of the terminal ileum; the functions of the great omentum; treatment of peritonitis consecutive to appendicitis; treatment of ascites by drainage into the subcutaneous tissue of the abdomen; special dangers associated with operations on the biliary passages and their avoidance; a simple method for the relief of certain forms of odynphagia; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson....... ...... . . ... . ... ... ... .. 365 Hygiene and sanitation - Food requirements for sustenance and work; carbo-gasoline method for the disinfection of books; typhoid fever and mussel pollution; the duty of the community toward ita consumptives; some aspects of tropical sanitation; table jellies; the significance of the bacillus carrier in the spread of Asiatic cholera; the value of vaccination and revaccination; prophylaxie de la syphilis; the value of terminal disinfection; a method for determining the germicidal value and penetrating power of liquid disinfectants; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske........... 377 Tropical medicine - Further researches on the hyphomycetes of tinea imbricata; the action of'' 606" in sleeping sickness; the action of salvarsan in malaria; the application of "606" to the treatment of kala-azar; the specific treatment of leprosy; the role of the infective granule in certain protozoa! infections as illustrated by the spirochaetosis of Sudanese fowls, preliminary note; by C. S. Butler. . .... . . . ..... . .. .. .. . . . . ... . ... .... 389 Pathology and bacteriology - Ehrlich's biochemical theory and its conception and application; researches on experimental typhoid fever; a record of 90 diphtheria carriers; the serum diagnosis of syphilis; by M. E. Higgins. . . . 392 Medical zoology - Note on the presence of a lateral spine in the eggs of Schistosoma japonicum; onchocerciasis in cattle with special reference to the structure and bionomic characters of the parasite; by P. E. Garrison .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Chemistry and pharmacy - The preparation of a convenient and stable litmus solution; a method to demonstrate and estimate the digestive fermenta in the feces; a simple method for the estimation of ammonia in the urine of diabetics for the recognition of acidosis; new process for sterilizing water by potassium permanganate; the colorimetric estimation of dextrose in urine; a new method for the estimation of sugar in the urine; by E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge . .. . .. ... . . . ..... ... . . 398 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Examination of the nose and throat in relation to general diagnosis, results in asthma; the nonsurgical treatment of cataract; by E. M. Shipp..... . . . .. . .. .. .. . .... .. ... . 400 Reports and letters: Plague conditions in North China, by W. D. Owens.......... .. .. ... ... 405 Vol. 5, No. 4 Preface ... .. . . . ............... . ...... ... ........................ .. ........ v Special articles: The tenth convention of the second Hague conference of 1907, and its relation to the evacuation of the wounded in naval warfare, by F. L. Pleadwell (first paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Is gangoea a form of syphilis? by H. E. Odell....... .. ... . ............. 430 Salvarsan as a diagnostic and therapeutic agent in syphilis, by C. M. George.... .. ............ ...... . . .. .... . . . .... . .. . 485 Flat foot and its relation to the Navy, by R. G. Heiner.. . ............... 451 Notes on submarine cruising, by I. F. Cohn............................ 455 Important features in the technique of carbon dioxide estimations in air, by E. W. Brown... . ................. . .. . . . ... . ...... . ...... . ..... . . 457 The use of salvarsan on board the U.S.S. Michigan, by J . J. Snyder and A. L. Clifton............. . . .. . . .............. . .................... . .. 459 Notes on vaccination, by A. B. Clifford... .. ........................... 461 The preparation of patient.e for operation at the United States Naval Hospital, Norfolk, Va., by W. M. Garton.. . ..... .... .. .. ... . . . ...... ..... 462 United States Naval Medical School laboratories: Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911 ........ . ... .......... . .. . .. 465 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911.................... . .... . .. .. . ... . .. 465 Suggested devices: An apparatus for hoisting patients aboard the hospital ship Solace, by E. M. Blackwell... . ............ . . . ................................ . . 467 An inexpensive and satisfactory ethyl chloride inhaler for general anaesthesia, by J. H. Barton .. . . ... .. .. .. . . .. .. . .. .... ...... 469 Clinical notes: Old "irreducible" dislocation of head of humerus, by H. C. Curl. . . . ... . 471 A case of brain tumor, by R. E. Hoyt.. .. .... .... . ...... . . .... . .. ........ 472 A case of brain abscess, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark.. .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . 474 Report of two cases of cerebrospinal fever, by R. A. Bachmann.. . . . .... 477 A case of leprosy on board the U.S.S. Villalobos, by D. H. Noble....... 479 A case resembling gangosa, in which a treponema was found, by P. S. Rossiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 A case extensively burned, by N. T. McLean.. ... .... .. . . .. . .. ... ... . . . 481 Acute pemphigus following vaccination, by R. Hayden.... ... . .... ..... . . 482 Two interesting cases on the U.S.S. Prairie, by C. C. Grieve . .. . . . .... . . 486 An atypical case of typhoid fever, by L. W. Johnson... . ... . .. . .... . .. . .. 488 Tolerance of the peritoneum rarely seen, by P. R. Stalnaker and G. W. Shepard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Note on tincture of iodine, by R. Spear...... . . . . . ... . ... .... . .. . .. ..... 490 Notes on salvarsan, by R. Spear..... . ...... . .............. . ..... . . ..... 491 Current comment : Instructions relative to medical returns ... ....... . ..... . ............... .493 Clinical cards .. ........... ... . . .. .. ... . .... . . . . . .. . ... . .. . ......... . . .494 Measles in Samoa . ................ .. . ... . . . . ... . ....................... .495 The conservation of the public health ........ . .................... .496 Closure of the naval stations at San Juan and Culebra ....... .. .. . . . ..... 498 New pavilion for the practice of thoracic surgery ........ . ..... ...... 498 The Bellevue Hospital nomenclature of diseases and conditions, 1911 .... .498 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Pathological and experimental data derived from a further study of an acute infectious disease of unknown origin; the mode of transmission of leprosy; genesis of incipient tuberculisus; a method for determining the absolute pressure of the cerebrospinal fluid; the after history of cases of albuminuria occurring in adolescence; the stereoscopic X-ray examination of the chest with special reference to the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; the use of antiformin in the examination for the tubercle bacillus; by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Neilson ............. . . . 501 Surgery - The control of bleeding in operations for brain tumors; intravenous anesthesia from hedonal; the difficulties and limitations of diagnosis in advanced cases of renal tuberculosis; the treatment of X-ray ulcer; nephroureterectomy; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson .. 511 Hygiene and Sanitation - A simple method of purifying almost any infected water for drinking purposes; the physiology of the march; wall paper and illumination; vaccination et serotherapie anticholeriques; upon the inoculation of materia morbi through the human skin by fleabites; garbage receptacles; the relative influence of the heat and chemical impurity of close air; method for measuring the degree of vitiation of the air of inclosed spaces; by H. G. Beyer and C.N. Fiske . .. . .. ..... . 518 Tropical medicine - The diagnosis of pellagra; researches upon acarids among lepers; action of "606" upon malaria; by C. S. Butler ......... . 523 Pathology and bacteriology - An outbreak of gastroenteritis caused by B. paratyphosus; infection of rabbits with the virus of poliomyelitis; the mechanism of the formation of metastases in malignant tumors; a method for the pure cultivation of pathogenic treponema pallidum; by Y. E . Higgins .. .... .. .. . ..................... .. ..... . ............. . ...... . 528 Medical zoology - On Kwan's fluke and the presence of spines in fasciolopsis; endemic Mediterranean fever (Malta fever) in southwest Tcxas; by P. E. Garrison . ..... . .......... .. . . .... . .... . ........... . . . 532 Chemistry and pharmacy - Detection of blood by means of leuco-malachitegreen; an improved form of Heller's ring test for detection of albumin in the urine; an important reagent for Fehling's method for sugar estimation; method for the estimation of urotropin in the urine; detection of amylolytic ferments in the feces; new technique for the estimation of total nitrogen, ammonia, and urea in the urine; chemotherapy and "606" by E. W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............... 533 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Defective vision and its bearing on the question of fitness for service; "606 ' ' and eye diseases; by E. M. Shipp ... .. .. .538 Reports and letters: American Medical Association meeting, by C. P. Bfagg .. .. .... . .....550 Sanitary report on Kiukiang, Kiangse Province, China, by D. H. Noble ...550 Index to volume V ...............559 Subject index .......... . ........ . ....................... 559 Author's index . . . ........ . ..... . ......... . ......... . 570

If you have questions concerning reproductions, please contact the Contributing Library.

Note: The colors, contrast and appearance of these illustrations are unlikely to be true to life. They are derived from scanned images that have been enhanced for machine interpretation and have been altered from their originals.

Read/Download from the Internet Archive

See all images from this book

See all MHL images published in the same year

"PAINTING FOR THE SKIES to Toshi Ichiyanagi" ('62) by Yoko Ono for "INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION" by Anthony Cox in "Art and Artists", August, 1966 by Miki

2

-- Page 18

" PAINTING FOR THE SKIES

to Toshi Ichiyanagi

Drill a hole in the sky.

Cut out a paper the same size

as the hole.

Paste hair over the entire surface

of the paper.

Burn the paper.

The sky should be pure blue.

1962 summer"

-- Page 17

"Ono leads in a direction that might be called Concept-Art

INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION

THE FULL MOON hangs over the Lower East Side, its light

shines on paper-littered streets. In the daytime 2nd Avenue

is jammed with traffic and it's possible to look up through

the dust and heat at the sky and imagine what those few

seconds would be like before it came if eternity were to fit.

What an EVENT!

What is an Event and what does it have to do with Art?

Circa 1950: Yoko Ono is sitting around some-place

striking matches. She is observing the significance of a

natural act. Many matches later she finds that by lighting

a match and watching til it has gone out she is making

something that has a shorter existence than herself, and

by comparison is making her life longer.

When people are asked to observe the passage of time

they may feel ill at ease. Is this why we have a term like

auto-destruction? One of Yoko Ono's first events is

called LIGHTING PIECE: 'Light a match and watch

till it goes out.'

1961: her first one-man show in New York, in which

fifteen works were what she calls INSTRUCTUER;

'Something that emerged from instruction and yet not

quite emerged - not quite structured - never quite struc-

tured --- like an unfinished church with a sky ceiling.'

One of these works which was described by a critic as 'a

grimy unstrung canvas with a hole in it' is SMOKE

PAINTING: 'Light canvas or any finished painting with

a cigarettes at any time for any length of time. See the smoke

movement. The painting ends when the whole canvas is

gone.'* For Ono, paintings like Event do end: an ad-

ditional act in life; something to solve the temptation of

insanity.

Other works in her 1961 show were, PAINTING TO

BE STEPPED ON: 'Leave a piece of canvas or finished

painting on the floor or in the street.'* A + B PAINTING;

'Cut out a circle on canvas. A. Place a numeral figure, a

roman letter, or a katakanao on canvas B at an arbitrary

point. Place canvas A on canvas B and hang them together.

The figure on canvas B may show, may show partially, or

may not show. You may use old paintings, photographs, etc.

instead of blank canvases.'* PAINTING FOR THE

WIND: 'Make a hole. Leave it in the wind.'* PAINT-

ING TO SEE THE SKIES: 'Drill two holes into a can-

vas. Hang it where you can see the sky. (Change the place

of hanging. Try both the front and the rear windows, to

see if the skies are different.')* PAINTING TO LET

THE EVENING LIGHT GO THROUGH: 'Hang a

bottle behind a canvas. Place the canvas where the west

light comes in. The painting will exist when the bottle

creates a shadow on the canvas, or it does not have to

exist. The bottle may contain liquor, water, grasshoppers,

ants or singing insects, or it does not have to contain.'*

BLOOD PIECE: 'Use your blood to paint. Keep painting

until you faint (A). Keep painting until you die (B).'*

These and the others in the show were designed to be

done by anybody although at the time it was not apparent

to most observers and as well the works had been made by

Ono, they were regarded as going in one direction only:

purely auto-destructive. Actually all her paintings exist

in two phases. (1) The instruction phase; which may be

compared to a musical composition; written, copywritten,

distributed, and generally at large for anybody to make

(perform) and show (2) the existence of the particular

piece, which generally has some aspect which is in a state

of flux. Sometimes this may be only one-way, sometimes

it may be oscillating, or the piece may just need to be

refuelled, so to speak.

The one aspect which is considered so important in

most painting, the graphic element, or visual design, is

almost never stated except in the vaguest way as in A + B

PAINTING, and like a Swiss Patent, it is never clear

exactly how the formula goes. This is left up to the indi-

vidual who is to construct the work and how he feels about

such things. For the maker of the work and the audience

this opens up all sorts of possibilities. One is able to

observe certain relationships between art and life that are

usually overlooked in purely graphic art. Instead of saying

how the hell did he do that one might say why the hell do

I have to do that. The owner and/or maker of the painting

must continually come to grips with certain problems that

force him to consider what the concept of art is all about.

Recently, while the works of hers constructed by various

painters and sculptors were being collected in a gallery

for a show this coming fall, a piece was accidentally sold.

The piece WORD MACHINE #1 SKY MACHINE,

which produces a card with the word 'sky' on it when 25c

is deposited was acquired by Mr. & Mrs. Robert Scull. In

order to complete the sale in the case of this particular

piece it was necessary for Mr. Scull to sign a contract in

which he only received the right to possess the machine

but had to agree that serving of the machine would

remain the right of the maker and the maker would

receive 60% of the proceeds of the sake of 'sky' cards.

The pure iconism of the work is at question. It is a

machine, it has to be cleaned, repaired, cards replaced,

money extracted, in short, handled like crazy and the owner

and the maker have become involved in a continual

bureaucratic even in order to meet the terms of the con-

tract. Her original composition for this work states that

these machines should eventually replace all Coca-cola

and chewing gum machines, etc. everywhere. Immediately

there is a threat on these manmoth industies which have

always been auto-destructive in nature anyway - this

piece is a kind of a parody of them - and pocesses certain

interesting problems as the underworld usually controls

the vending machine operations here in New York. Is

there something wrong with a society that vends art in

machines instead of phosphate? Many agree that the coke

bottole has long been of better use and more valuable than

its contents anyway, and certain artists have even emulated

it in what has come to be known as Pop art.

Ono's work involves many facets and many roots that

are deeply traditional in Eastern and Western thought. In

the East there are traditions that have been obscured by

the advent of the West and one might hope that the reverse

may take place in the West: interbreeding considered

healthful. In Japan it was common and still is to a lesser

degree, to wrap one's lunch in a beautiful package -

intricately embossed gold foil was ideal (there are still

many things we don't know about food) - to contemplate

while eating in the woods; of course the wrapping would

be thrown away ... or for many people to gather with

the express purpose of observing the moon, without any

particular motive scientific or otherwise. This approach is

referred to as 'wabi and sabi' and it is considered that no

clear translation should be available.

In the West Ono relates to that arear referred to by Gene

Swenson as 'The Other Tradiotion'; Duchamp, Ernst,

Cage, Rauschenberg, Johns, etc., and it is interesting that

these men were attracted to her and attended her concerts

and events held in 1959-61 at her loft on Chambers St.

in New York before her return to Tokyo (at one point she

was close to Cage and tourned Japan with him in 1962, but

her music which has been described as 'music of the mind'

is diametrically opposed to his in philosophy and has no

audible sound in the conventional sense.)

What about painting of the mind? One of Ono's works

in her series 'imaginary paintings', is PAINTING TO BE

CONSTRUCTED IN YOUR HEAD: 'Imagine a flower

made of hard material such as gold, silver, stainless

steel, tin, marble, copper, etc. Imagine that the

pedals suddenly become soft like cotton or like living flesh.

In three hours prick all the petals. Save one and press it in a

book. In the margin of the page where the petal is pressed

note the derivation of the petal and the name of the petal.

At least eight hours should be spent in the construction

of the painting.'*

ANTHONY COX

New York City, July 4, 1966

For this special number of Art and Artists Yoko Ono

contributed the following: AUTO-DESTRUCTIVE

EVENTS; 1 - Dissapearing of snow, 2 - Thinking, 3 -

Dreaming, 4 - Waiting/not waiting, 5 - A wind, 6 -

Travel, 7 - Make wishknots in your head. Forget the

wish.

* reproduced by permission from Grapefruit, published by

Weltinnenraums Press, Box 186, NYC 14 USA."

Art and Artists

Volume One, Number Five

August 1966

Edited by Mario Amaya

London: Hansom Books, 1966

Private Collection of Mikihiko Hori

Dinky Toys - late 1930s Packard Super-8 Touring Sedan (#39A) by Bruce Henschel

2

The "39" series of Dinkys was one of the last series introduced by Meccano before production had to cease at the beginning of WWII. The "39" series consists of six upscale American touring sedans and coupes, including the Packard Super 8 Touring Sedan shown in this photo (#39A), an Oldsmobile 6 Sedan (#39B), a Lincoln Zephyr Coupe (#39C), a Buick Viceroy Sedan (#39D), a Chrysler Royal Sedan (#39E), and a Studebaker State Commander Coupe (#39F). These various models were first produced between 1939 and 1941, then resuming in 1945 and continuing through the early 1950s. The toy shown here is a post-War version; for one thing, it was not sold with the brown color until after the War.

The post-War production of this Packard toy -- resumed in 1945 along with the other cars in the "39" series -- ended in 1950. By comparison, production of the other cars in the series continued until 1952. But none of the "39" cars was still in production at the time that Meccano modified their model numbering system in 1953-54. So none of these cars ever received a new 3-digit identifier, and they are thus known only by their "39x" number.

Unlike most of the other Dinky toys shown previously in my photostream, this one was NOT purchased by me in the mid-1950s in the U.S. (San Francisco Bay Area). This one was originally purchased by a young man in the Bradford area of West Yorkshire, UK, probably around 1947.

Packards having the headlight and grille design of the Dinky in this photo were produced between 1935 and 1940, consistent with the fact that Meccano introduced this toy in 1939.

During these production years, Packard offered four basic engines: 1) the "Six", a less expensive 6-cylinder engine; 2) the "Eight", the smaller of two available in-line 8-cylinder engines; 3) the "Super-Eight", the more powerful in-line 8-cylinder engine; and 4) a "Twelve" (or "Twin-Six"), an even more powerful V-12 engine. (The V-12 was discontinued after 1939.) Each of these engines (except the "Six") came with a choice of 2 or 3 chassis wheelbases. And then, for any particular engine/chassis combination, different body styles could be mounted (e.g., convertible coupe, hardtop coupe, club sedan, touring sedan, 7-passenger business sedan, etc.). Of course, not every body style was available with every engine/chassis combination. This complexity is consistent with Packard's approach of customizing luxury car orders during the company's pre-WWII years.

Thus, the fact that this Dinky is designated a "Super-Eight" indicates that the car has the company's second-most-powerful engine. If one assumes that this model represents a 1938 Packard, the Super-Eight that year was a 320 cubic inch 130 hp engine. The wheelbases for the alternative Super-Eight chassis in 1938 ranged from 127 to 139 inches. The largest chassis available with the touring sedan body style had the 134 in. wheelbase, so the toy could be representing one of Packard's larger cars, but not the largest.

Given the complexity of Packard's customized system, it is instructive to assess what the specific Packard model number might be for the actual car represented by this Dinky. If one assumes that this is in fact a 1938 Packard, it would be in what Packard referred to as its "Sixteenth Series". The model number would thus incorporate the 4-digit identifier "16xx", with the "xx" being defined by the engine/chassis combination. If the Super-Eight engine were mounted on a 127-in. wheelbase, 16xx would become 1603; on a 134-in. wheelbase, 1604; and on a 139-in. wheelbase, 1605. Then, an additional set of 4 numerals would be added to indicate the body style; for a 4-door touring sedan, that number would be 1103 for the 127-in. wheelbase and 1113 for the 134-in. wheelbase. So, assuming that the Dinky pictured here were in fact a 1938 Super-Eight on the chassis with the 134-in. wheelbase, the formal designation of this vehicle would be: "1938 Packard 1604 Super-Eight touring sedan 1113".

The Packard Motor Car Company was a recognized manufacturer of luxury cars and automotive engines in the U.S. from its founding in 1899 through the beginning of WWII. It survived the Great Depression by placing more focus on more affordable "mid-sized" cars using smaller engines (including its "Six" and "Eight"). When production of passenger cars was halted in 1942 due to the War, the company converted to the manufacture of airplane and marine engines in support of the war effort, and it emerged from WWII in excellent financial condition. Unfortunately for the company, post-War demand for the exclusive luxury cars that had been Packard's trademark was insufficient to ensure the company's survival, requiring that the company adapt to producing passenger cars for the mass market that would offer the quality and appeal warranting a price premium (like Cadillac, a major Packard competitor). Packard's management proved unable to achieve this, and -- following Packard's purchase of Studebaker in 1954 (to form the Studebaker-Packard Corporation) -- the Packard nameplate was withdrawn from use after 1958.

MESSAGIO GALORE take VII by jwc 3o2

23 january 2o11, 7:3o PM

Ottawa City Hall Art Gallery

11o Laurier Avenue West

sound poetry contrasts

extended works & miniatures

curated, arranged & struggled with by jwcurry

& featuring the vocal agilities of

jwcurry

Alastair Larwill

Lesley Marshall

Christine McNair

Grant Wilkins

MESSAGIO GALORE is an organically thetic examination of the possibilities inherent in the wide range of activities that occur between literature & music (with interpenetrations of each) commonly called "sound poetry". it approaches the genre as inclusive (encompassing, for instance, chant, optophonetic texts, multilinear narrative, choral works, group improvisation, organized sound effects, concrete & visual poetry, letterpuzzles...) & investigates issues of writing/composing, scoring, transcription, reading, rehearsal, group dynamics, audiencing & &.

sound poetry seems to've received its most decisive kick into actualization at the Cabaret Voltaire in Zurich during World War 1. part of both the difficulty & intrigue of any study of sound poetry is the relative paucity of available source material of any kind, from scores through readings/recordings to theory. there are no How To books displaying The Rudiments Of Sound Poetry, no Thesaurus Of Scales & Patterns, no K-Tel Collection Of Sound Poetry's Greatest Hits through which to approach even a most basic apprehension of what sound poetry might be & how it might function. the vocal & theoretical texts of Hugo Ball & Raoul Hausmann remain among some of the most notably-still relevant reachings toward an accurate delineation of this then-new æsthesis.

MESSAGIO GALORE got its kickstart in 2oo4 as a lecture with sound examples, serving (unintendedly) as a good example of how not to go about doing this & suggesting the advisability of a constantly-revised series of takes. given that sound poetry is a physical presence occurring in realtime often using more than a single voice, it has proven instructive to engage a shifting complement of readers to play with in varying degrees of immersion in rehearsal. the transmission of sound to page to sound again is a tricky biznis at best & it can almost be said that there are as many methods of scoring & reading sound texts as there are texts.

take VII takes an audio look at several extended works bridged with miniatures, mostly using different methods of scoring & articulation.

___________________________________________________________________________

part 1

1. MESCAL RITE 1, Tomahawk (Duane Denison, Mike Patton, John Stanier; USA, 2oo7; transcribed & arranged for vocal quintet by jwcurry, Canada, 2o1o); source: Tomahawk, Anonymous (Orinda, Ipecac Recordings, 2oo7). "all tunes are original arrangements inspired by native american material from the late 19th century" (CD note). chant (assumedly) devised to accellerate the body rhythms to facilitate the onset of the drug. Tomahawk's electric power trio has here been reärranged back to an acoustic a capella version to overoxygenate the performers & propel them into the linguistically hallucinogenic mindstate to follow. readers: full quintet

2. EAST WIND, bpNichol (Canada, 1979?); source: Four Horsemen (Rafael Barreto-Rivera, Paul Dutton, Steve McCaffery, bpNichol), The Prose Tattoo (Milwaukee, Membrane Press, 1983). a gridtext deployed through overlaid entended breathlines, rescored by jwcurry (2oo7) from Nichol's holograph draft. our version continues to toy with a more literal approach to the score than did the Horsemen's more freewheeling phonetic romp. readers: curry, Larwill, McNair, Wilkins

3. SIX-FOUR, Alastair Larwill (Canada, 2o1o); source: unpublished manuscript. accumulative disintegrational polysyllabicism formulated as part of a discussion on articulational deliberations with its dedicatee Rob Read. readers: curry, Larwill, McNair, Wilkins

4. TOTEM ÉTRANGLÉ, Antonin Artaud (France, 1964?), arranged by jwcurry (Canada, 2oo9/1o); sources: Antonin Artaud/translated by Helen Weaver, Selected Writings (New York, Farrar Straus And Groux, 1976) & KROKLOK # 2 (edited by Dom Sylvester Houédard, London, Writers Forum, 1971). "For years I have had an idea of the consumption, the internal consummation of language by the unearthing of all manner of torpid and filthy necessities." (Artaud in a letter to Henri Parisot, 22 september 1945). 18 of these sound cycles excised (by Artaud) from elsewhere in his writings (Here Lies, Insanity and Black Magic, The Return of Artaud, Le Momo, To Have Done with the Judgement of God, Van Gogh, The Man Suicided by Society, sundry correspondences) & formally linked as a suite. Artaud spent many hours chanting these structures during his residencies in the wig factories. our arrangement enaudios a stroll down a hallful of Artaud-occupied cells. readers: full quintet

5. GOING CRITICAL, jwcurry/Michèle Provost (Canada, 2oo9); source: ABSTrACTS/RéSUmÉS, edited by Michèle Provost (Gatineau, privately published, 2o1o). a critical appreciation of Marcel Dzama (by Joseph R.Wolin in CANADIAN ART 25:3) is subjected to sibilant excision & extreme subsyllabic hocketing. a quartet version exists in short film form (read by curry & Provost) but "the lineation of the sounds into separated abruptions in the quartet doesn't allow for the hocketing & clusters that occur during the quintet, which is some 18 seconds shorter & chronically more complex." (curry, ORIOUS ISTIFICATION, Ottawa, CSCA, 2o1o). readers: full quintet

6. TWO: Less Time, bpNichol (Canada, 1982?); source: THE CAPILANO REVIEW # 31 (edited by Steven Smith & Richard Truhlar, North Vancouver, 1984). vowelless gridtext with, ordinarily, varying degrees of reading path choice left to the readers. tonight's version is a straightforward quartet with a free radical for doublings. readers: full quintet

7. anacyclic poem with two shouts DHARMATHOUGHTS STUPAWARDS, dom sylvester houédard (England, 1966); source: KROKLOK # 1 (edited by dom sylvester houédard, London, Writers Forum, 1971). "for the artists protest committee for their call from losangeles for a tower against the war" (houédard in KROKLOK # 1), an anagrammatical poem in 3 vowels & 4 consonants. duo arrangement by jwcurry (2o1o) fusing a pair of arrangements by Nicholas Power/Rob Read & Carmel Purkis/Sandra Ridley (both 2oo8). readers: curry, McNair

8. GLASS ON THE BEACH, Richard Truhlar (Canada, 1978?); source: Owen Sound (Michael Dean, David Penhale, Steven Smith, Richard Truhlar), Beyond The Range (Toronto, Underwhich Editions, 198o). transcribed by jwcurry from a trio recording (Dean/Smith/Truhlar) at the Music Gallery in Toronto, 18 august 1979, with additional parts adapted from 2 manuscript scores courtesy of Truhlar. extended vocal waveforms with buried shards. readers: full quintet

part 2

9. The Dangerous Kitchen, Frank Zappa (USA, 198-?); source: monogaph (North Hollywood, Munchkin Music, 1984), with reference to recordings on Frank Zappa, DEMO'S (UK, Cornhole Productions, 1986), Does Humor Belong in Music? (Los Angeles, Honker Home Video, 1985) & The Man From Utopia (Los Angeles, Barking Pumpkin Records, 1983). while Zappa's sprechgesang approach is ordinarily accompanied by improvised electric jazzband meltdown boop-bop atonalities, we thought it might be worth the lampshade to simulate some a capella doo-wop discontinuities for an alternate avenue toward antisepsis. readers: full quintet

1o. Artikulationen, Franz Mon (Germany, 198-?); source: riverrun voicings soundscapes, edited by Klaus Schöning (Mainz, Wergo, 1999), transcribed, arranged & scored by jwcurry (Canada, 2oo8) from a quartet recording made at the Studio Akustische Kunst in 199o. Mon's "environment of syllables and sounds searching for words" (Schöning/translated by Steven Lindberg, CD note) began in the 196os & includes a series of homages to sound artists, this one for Velemir Khlebnikov. readers: curry, Larwill, Marshall, McNair

11. WORM, bob cobbing (England, 1954); source: CEOLFRITH # 26 (edited by Peter Mayer, Sunderland, Ceolfrith Press, 1974). one of cobbing's earliest semantic derivations into sound burrowing in concrete. readers: full quintet

12. Pieces Of Stop, bpNichol (Canada, 1978); source: as 2 above. dedicated to Greta Monach. again, a more literal approach to the gridtext that casts the reversed expectations of its sound envelopes into starker relief. readers: curry, Larwill, McNair, Wilkins

13. Riryphur's rurrusur, jwcurry/Rob Read (Canada, 2oo8); source: monograph (Ottawa, Curvd H&z, 2oo8). rolling an R uphill is one thing but what about 25 orso others? an articulational primer in lock'n'hocket disjunction. readers: curry, Larwill, Marshall, Wilkins

14. Alice in Wonderland, Sam Loyd (USA, 189-?); source: Pattern Poetry: Guide to an Unknown Literature, edited by Dick Higgins (Albany, SUNY Press, 1987). not intended as a sound score, this concrete lozenge letterpuzzle invited arrangement as aurality, "soft & chewy on the outside with crunchy bits in the middle". readers: full quintet

15. auf dem land, ernst jandl (Austria, 1968?); source: konkrete poesie deutschsprachige autoren, edited by Eugen Gomringer (Stuttgart, Philipp Reclam, reprint?, 198o). an "utter zoo" octupletted & here arranged as simultaneous identifications & emissions. readers: curry, Wilkins

16. WHITE TEXT SURE version ten, bpNichol (Canada, 1981); source: INUSTRIAL SABOTAGE # 63 (edited by jwcurry, Ottawa, Curvd H&z, 2oo8). dedicated to The Horsemen. gridscore for massed vocal textures based on Nichol's earlier (1966) collaboration with David Aylward, WHITE SOUND. this version of this version reïncorporates randomly the colour panels of Nichol's earlier revision, WHITE SOUND :a variant (1976). readers: curry, Larwill, Marshall, Wilkins

17. SHE WAS A VISITOR, Robert Ashley (USA, 1967); source: Robert Ashley, Automatic Writing (New York, Lovely Music Limited, 1996). elegy of extended phonemic breathlengths played out from the source statement. readers: full quintet plus guests Sheena Mordasiewicz, Roland Prévost, Carmel Purkis, Sandra Ridley

___________________________________________________________________________

cover: Sam Loyd (14 above)

illimitable thanks to Meaghan Haughian (City Hall Art Gallery), Ontario Arts Council (funding), Ottawa (funding), Brian & Pearl Pirie (for holding the door), Gio Sampogna (camera), Ben Walker (another camera), Lester Jolliffe (recordist) & Rachel Zavitz (Artaud variants & stability)

___________________________________________________________________________

filmed by Ben Walker (with sound by Lester Jolliffe), Gio Sampogna & 2 others i know not the names of (plus a camera on the audience, 5 in all)

___________________________________________________________________________

see also:

announcements:

www.flickr.com/photos/48593922@N04/7454268734/

cartywheel.wordpress.com/2010/12/30/messagio-galore/

pagehalffull.com/pesbo/2011/01/05/messagio-galore-take-vii/

www.facebook.com/events/134225383305600/

interview:

cartywheel.files.wordpress.com/2010/12/literary-landscape...

photos:

weblog.johnwmacdonald.com/2011/01/messagio-galore-take-vi...

www.flickr.com/photos/pearlpirie/5413512041/

www.flickr.com/photos/pearlpirie/5414123080/

reports:

cartywheel.wordpress.com/2011/02/07/post-messagio-mukluk/

www.flickr.com/photos/48593922@N04/7479761780/

reviews:

robmclennan.blogspot.ca/2011/01/jwcurrys-messagio-galore-...

pagehalffull.com/pesbo/2011/02/03/the-messagio-is-the-mes...

& furthermore:

www.flickr.com/photos/pearlpirie/5385420790/

This image is taken from United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911 by Medical Heritage Library, Inc.

Go to the Book with image in the Internet Archive

Title: United States Naval Medical Bulletin Vol. 5 Nos. 1-4, 1911

Creator: U.S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery

Publisher:

Sponsor:

Contributor:

Date: 1911

Language: eng

Vol. 5, No. 1 Preface... ... . ..... . . .. ......... .. ... .... . ... . .. . .... .. . . ..... . .. . . . ..... . v Special articles ............. . ....... . . . .. . ............... . ............1 Diphtheria prophylaxis in the Navy. by C. S. Butler. .... . .. .. . ...1 Notes on "606," by Raymond Spear.. . .... .. . ... .. .. . ... ..... . ........ . . 4 Recent diagnostic methods in otology applicable to the naval service, by G. B. Trible.... . . .. .... ...... . . .......... .. .. . .. 6 Bier's method of treatment in acute gonorrheal arthritis, by H.F. Strine. 12 Problems of sanitation in landing and expeditionary service in tropical and subtropical regions, translation by P. J. Waldner.. .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. .. 13 The mental examination of candidates for enlistment in the Navy and Marine Corps, by Heber Butts.. . ......... . . . .............. . .... . . . .... 29 The recent outbreak of cholera in Italy, by C. J. Holeman.. ..... .. . .. . . . 38 United States Naval Medical School Laboratories... ... ... .. ... .. .......... . . 41 The United States National Museum in its relation to other Government scientific collections, by P. E . Garrison .... . . . .. . .. . ..... . ..... .,..... 41 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-August, 1910....... . ... . .... ... . . ........ . .... . 43 Recent additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 43 Suggested devices............ . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . ..... . . . .. . ... . . . ..... . . . .. . 46 A sanitary garbage-can holder, by H. C. Kellers. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 46 The blanket splint, by F. X. Koltes..... ..... ... . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Clinical notes.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Reports of four transfusions by the vein-to-vein method with curved glass tubes, by A. M. Fauntleroy.. . . . . . . . .. . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Bilateral inguino-superficial hernia with bilateral undescended testicle, by H. C. Curl...... . ..... . .. . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Larvae in the deep urethra and bladder, by H. F. Strine..... ... .. . . .. ... 51 An extensive razor wound of throat, by W. G. Farwell. ...... . ....... ..... 62 Report of two cases of heat cramps on U. S. S. Charleston, by H. A. May... 53 Fatigue and exhaustion in the fireroom, by F. G. Abeken .... ... . ... .. . . 67 A case of diabetes mellitus, by J.B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley . ........... 58 Sciatica incident to physical test (50-mile walk), by J. A. B. Sinclair..... 58 Poisoning resulting from the injection of bismuth paste, by C. B. Camerer... 59 Current comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 The medical library on the U. S. S. Solace... . ..... .. ......... .... . ... .. 61 Dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol in the treatment of syphilis. .. . .. . .. . . . . . . ... 61 New blank forms and instructions pertaining thereto.. . .. .... . ... . . ..... 63 A case of yellow fever reaches Honolulu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Progress in medical sciences. . ....... ... . .. . . . .. . . . ... . . .. . .... . ... .. ... . .. 67 General medicine. . .. .. ... . . .. . .... .. ... .. . .. . . .. . .. ..... .. . .. ........ 67 A modern conception of the psychoneuroses; status thymolymphaticus and its relation to sudden death; the Cammidge test in experimental pancreatitis and other conditions; hiccough in course of diaphragmatic pleurisy treated by Laborde's method ; fatigue the cause of enuresis; pellagra, some clinical and other features of the disease; is mercury a specific in pulmonary tuberculosis; a case of an acute febrile and probably infectious disease of unknown origin; further remarks on duodenal alimentation ; pemphigoid eruptions in typhoid fever, A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson . .. . .... . ... . . . .. . ... . . . .. 67 Surgery - The special field of neurological surgery, five years later; hypodermic injections in action, suggestions for simplifying their administration; the result of 168 operations for hernia; modern treatment of fractures; report of two cases of revolver shot wound of the brain; haemophilia; the exclusion of the skin in surgery; removal of foreign bodies from the bronchi; some notes on the use of nitrous oxid and oxygen for prolonged anesthesia; the end results of prostatectomy, R. Spear and E. Thompson ... . . . .. .. . .. . .... . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Hygiene and sanitation - Ventilation of ships, particularly merchant ships; oral prophylaxis; recruiting in the German army; concerning the sources of infection in cases of venereal diseases in the city of New York; the effect of a mosquito net on the air within it, H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. .. . . .. ... . .. . .. . . .. . ... . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . .... .. ... .... .. .. ..... 87 Tropical medicine - The rationale of quinine prophylaxis; a case of sleeping sickness studied by precise enumerative methods; statistical study of uncinariasis among white men in the Philippines, C. S. Butler.. . .. .. . .. 95 Pathology and bacteriology - A case of typhoid meningitis; complement fixation in thrombo-angiitie obliterans; personal observations on the Ehrlich-Hata "606;" certain aspects of the bacteriology of bacillary dysentery; a rapid presumptive test for diarrhea caused by the gas bacillus; investigation into the acid-fast bacteria found in the faeces with special reference to their presence in cases of tuberculosis; on the nature of the cellular elements presence in milk; infection of a still-born infant by an amoebiform protozoan (entamooba mortinatalium), O. J . Mink.. . . ..... . 99 Medical zoology - Ulcerating granuloma of the pudenda a protozoal disease (preliminary communication); report of 15 cases of hymenolepis nana, P. E. Garrison ... .... ... . ... ... .... .. ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. 102 Chemistry and pharmacy - Studies in OEdema. VI. The influence of adrenaline on absorption from the peritoneal cavity, with some remarks on the influence of calcium chloride on absorption ; the action of mercury and iodine in experimental syphilis; a protein reaction in the blood of the insane; chemistry of the antigen used in the Wassermann reaction; a lack of oxygen not a cause of death in cases of diminished air pressure; influence of mercury on the results of the serum reaction in antisyphilitic treatment; quantitative determination of albumin in the urine; E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............. . ............ ... ..... 104 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - The use of carbon dioxide snow in eye work; preliminary communication of a new method for the prevention and treatment of sympathetic ophthalmitis, E. M. Shipp......... .. . .. ... ... .. . 106 Reports and letters .. . . . ...... . .... . .... . ... . . ... . ... . .. . . . .. . . 109 A visit to the Leper Settlement, Molokai, Hawaii, J. D. Gatewood .... ... . 109 Report on the meeting of the American Public Health Association, 1910, C. N. Fiske. . ... ......... .. .. . .. . . . ... . . . ...... . . . .... .. . . ..... ... . . . 114 Report on the meeting of the American Hospital Association, 1910, A. W. Dunbar.. . .. .. .... . ... . ... .. . .. .. .. . . . .... ... ... ... .. .. .. ... . ....... 117 The latest word from Ehrlich........ . .............................. . .. 122 Vol. 5, No. 2 Preface... ... .. ... .. ........ ... .................. .... ..... .............. vii Special articles.....................125 The intravenous administration of "606" in 56 case, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison ...................... 125 Ehrlich discusses "606," translation, by Dr. J.C. Bierwirth. . ...... . . . ... 134 Satisfactory results with a simplified Wassermann technique (Emery), by E. R. Stitt. ..................... 142 Further notes on the preparation of a culture medium from dried blood serum, by E. W. Brown... . . .. .... . . .. . .. .... . . ... ........ .. .. . .... 144 Note on the existence of Agchylostoma duodenale in Guam, by W. M. Kerr. .....................145 Intestinal parasites found among the crew of the U.S.S. South Dakota, by E.G. Parker. .... . ..... .. . ..... .. . ..... ...... . .... ... . . ... .. ...... . 145 Results of an examination of Filipino mess attendants for intestinal parasites, by W. A. Angwin and C. E. Camerer ..................... 147 The practical use of carbon dioxide snow as seen at the West London Hospital, by G. D. Hale. .. .... . .. . . . .. ... . . . .......... . .......... . ..... . 148 Nomenclature for causes of physical disability in the Navy, by 0. N. Fiske.. . .. . .......................... . .. .. . .... .. . . .. ...... .. .. .. . 149 United States Naval Medical School laboratories . . . . . . ..................... 159 An atypical typhoid bacillus, by O. J. Mink.. .. . .. ........ .. ........... 159 Notes on parasites found at animal autopsies in the Naval Medical School laboratories during 1910, by C. S. Butler and P. E. Garrison.. . .. . ...... 159 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .. ... . . 161 Additions to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, December, 1910-February, 1911 . .... .162 Suggested devices ...... . . . ... ... .. . . . . . . 163 An intestine tray for autopsies, by P. E. Garrison. . . .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... 163 A suggested improvement in the method of taking finger prints, by F. H. Brooks . .... .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. ... . .... .. .. .. .. . . .. .... . . .. .. . ..... . .. 164 Clinical notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of cholecystectomy, by R. Spear. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 167 A case of fracture of the skull, by W. M. Garton. . . ... ... . ... . ........ . .. 168 Hypernephroma of right kidney, nephrectomy with recovery, by A. M. Fauntleroy... ... .. ... .. ..... .... . .. . . ..... ..... . .... . ............. . 169 A case of general chronic perihepatitis, by E. R. Stitt .. . . . . . .. ...... . ... 171 Bacillary dysentery showing extreme toxaemia, by E. R. Stitt........ .. .. 173 Report on 10 cases of syphilis treated with "606," by U. R. Webb....... 173 A suspected case of gangosa, by O. J. Mink.. . . .. . ...... . .... .. . . . .... .... 178 Lamblia intestinalis and ascaris lumbricoides associated with amoebic dysentery by G. B. Trible . . . . . ... ....... . . . . .. . .. .. ... . .... . ........ . . . . . . 178 A case of pernicious anemia showing points of resemblance to kala azar, by E. R. Stitt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 A case of amoebic dysentery with liver abscess by E. R. Stitt. . .. .. ... ... 180 A case of intussusception, by E. R. Stitt..... . . .. . . . . . .. ......... .. . .. . . . 181 Report of two unusual fracture cases, by J. B. Dennis and A. C. Stanley... 181 Associated tuberculosis and syphilis, by O. J. Mink and E. H. H. Old...... 182 An undesirable recruit, by Heber Butts............................ . . . . . 183 Report of six cases of appendicitis aboard the U.S. S. Tennessee, by M. K. Johnson and W. L. Mann...... ... .......................... .. ........ 190 Current comment... .. .................................................... 193 Notification of venereal diseases.............. . .......................... 193 The use of salvarsan in filarial disease.. ...................... . .......... 194 Howard Taylor Ricketts...................................... . ........ 195 Typhoid vaccination. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Further notes on the new blank forms..................................... 196 The bacteriology of acute poliomyelitis............. . .... .. .. ...... ..... 197 Hospital facilities at Montevideo.... .... . .............................. 197 A correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 A course of instructive lectures . ......................................... 197 Physical culture......... ... . . ........... .. .......................... . . 198 Progress in medical sciences...... . ................. . ..... . ............. . .. 199 General medicine - Haemoglobinuric fever on the Canal Zone; malingering; on the presence of a venous hum in the epigastrium in cirrhosis of the liver; the use of the X-ray in the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; mercury succinimid in the treatment of tuberculosis; high blood pressure in arteriosclerosis; the treatment and prognosis of exophthalmic goitre; some clinical methods of diagnosis of the functional activity of the heart; further notes on the treatment of paralysis agitans with parathyroid gland; on fever caused by the bite of the sand fly (Phlebotomus papatasii); Myzomyia roasii as a malaria carrier; a modified Caldwell kitchen incinerator for field use, by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Xeilson....... 199 Surgery - The cause of death from shock by commercial electric currents and the treatment of same; the best method of exposing the interior of the bladder in suprapubic operations; "606 "; a consideration of surgical methods of treating hyperthyroidism; genito-urinary diseases; radium therapy; the intravenous use of cocaine, report of a case; diseases of the stomach and duodenum from a surgical standpoint; dry iodine catgut; disinfection of the skin by tincture of iodine; the Roentgen-ray examination of the esophagus; solitary perforation of the ileum associated with strangulated and obstructed hernia; the time and method for prostatectomy; a practical mechanical method of end-to-end anastomosis of blood vessels; by R. Spear and E. \V . Thompson................... 213 Hygiene and sanitation - Sterilization of water on a large scale by means of ultra-violet rays; nota sulla carne refrigerata e sui refrigeranti dei piroscafi; the American game of football, is it a factor for good or for evil? the hygiene of the simming pool ; "cordite eating"; the process of disinfection by chemical agencies and hot water; eggs, a study of eggs offered for sale as pure food; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske. ..... .. 226 Tropical medicine - Upon a new pathognomonic sign of malaria; a simple method for the treatment of cholera; traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine, by C. S. Butler. . .... .. ....... ... .. ...... . . . . ..... .. . ....... 237 Pathology and bacteriology - A method for the bacteriological standardization of disinfectants; microorganism found in the blood of acute cases of poliomyelitis; experimental rssearches upon typhus exanthematicus done at the Pasteur Institute of Tunis during the year l910; bacteriology of human bile with especial reference to the typhoid carrier problem; the control of typhoid in the army by vaccination; experiments on transmission of bacteria by flies with special relation to an epidemic of bacillary dysentery at the Worcester State Hospital, Massachusetts, 1910; experiences in the use of vaccines in chronic suppuration of the nasal access0ry sinuses; histological study of skin lesions of pellagra; a resume of the evidence concerning the diagnostic and clinical value of the Wassermann reaction; experimentelle Beitrage zum Studium des Mechanismus der Immunkorper und Komplementwirkung; by O. J . Mink.............. 240 Chemistry and pharmacy.-The preparation of thyroid extract for therapeutic purposes; the action of urinary antiseptics; wird eingenommenes Chinin mit der Muttermilch ausgeschieden? Uebergang von Arzenmitteln in die Milch; the quantitative estimation of albumin in the urine, by Tsuchiya's procss; the quantitative determination of albumin according to Tsuchiya; on the stability of the solutions prepared for Bang's method of estimating sugar in the urine, by E. M. Brown and O. G. Ruge.. . .......... 251 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Tests for color-vision ; a note on the use of scarlet red in corneal diseases; report on progress in otology; ear disease and its prevention; the prevalence of middle ear disease in the [British] army, with a suggestion for a remedy; peritonsillar abscess; by E. M. Shipp. . ........ . . 266 Reports and letters ............ 267 The surgical aspect of the engagement of La Ceiba, Honduras, by L. W. Bishop and W. L. Irvine.......... . ......... . .. . ... . ....... . . . ...... 267 Extract from sanitary report of U.S.S. New Orleans, for the year 1901, by W. F. Arnold... .. .. .. ....... ... . . . ... . . ... ..... . . ... . . . .. .. . . ....... 269 Vol. 5, No. 3 Preface...... ........... ................... .... ...... .... .. .... ...... .. ... v Special articles: · Tropical diseases in their relation to the eye, by E. M. Shipp.... .... . . . . 271 Intravenous administration of salvarsan, by G. B. Trible and H. A. Garrison. ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 The mental examination of 50 recruits who became insane soon after enlistment, by Heber Butts........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Diagnosis and treatment of hernia in the Navy, by B. F. Jenness.... .. ... 313 United States Medical School laboratories: Davainea madagascariensis in the Philippine Islands, by P. E. Garrison. . 321 The interpretation of negative and weakly positive reactions in Noguchi's complement fixation test, by M. E. Higgins... . .. . . . ....... . ......... 327 Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911........ . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 328 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, March-May, 1911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Suggested devices: An improvised X-ray apparatus, by H. A. Harris. . . . ..... . .. .. . .. . . . . . . 331 Fracture of mandible with improved method of adjustment, by W. A. Angwin .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Clinical notes: Gunshot wound of elbow, by Raymond Spear..... .. .. . .... . . . ... . . . ... . 335 Clinical symptoms appearing immediately after antityphoid inoculation, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark. . .. .... . .. ..... . . ... . . ... .. . .. . . . . . .. 336 Posterior gastro-enteroetomy three years after anterior gastro-enteroetomy, by A. M. Fauntleroy... . .. ... .. ... . . ... . .. . . .. ... ... ... .. ..... . .. . . . 338 Pontine hemorrhage resulting from a blow in boxing, by H. C. Curl.. . . . . 340 Fracture of the zygoma, by R. B. Williams... ... .. . . ............ ....... 341 Death from unruptured thoracic aneurism, by E. P. Huff... . . .... . .. ... 342 A plastic pernicious anemia associated with agchyloetomiaeis, by E. R. Stitt. 345 Balantidium coli infection associated with amoebic dysentery, by G. B. Trible..... . ..... ... . ... . . . ... . . . ....... . ........ . ..... .. . 346 Return of syphilitic symptoms after administration of salvarsan, by C. F. Sterne. . ....... . .. . . . . .. . . ... . ..... . .... . ........ . .... . . . . .... . ... . . . 348 A case of syphilis which poeeibly demonstrates the efficacy of prophylaxis against venereal diseases, by E. H. H. Old ... . . . . .. ..... 349 Cerebral syphilis in a native of Guam, by W. M. Kerr.. ... . . ... ... ..... 350 A case of autoserotherapy, by E. O. J. Eytinge and L. W. McGuire. ...... 351 Haemoglobinuric fever, by D. G. Sutton. . . . ...... . .. . .. .. . .... .. . .... .. 352 Shock caused by lightning stroke, by W. S. Hoen .... . .. . . ............ . . 353 An unusual cause of burn, by F. M. Munson.......... .. . . .. . ..... . .. .. 354 Traumatic extrusion of testicle, by J . A. B. Sinclair. . . .. . . . . ....... . ... 355 Current comment: Criticisms and suggestions relative to the health records . .. .. . . . · 357 Distinguished honors conferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 The closing exercises of the Naval Medical School... . ...... . .... . ... . . . 358 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Plague in Manchuria and its lessons; the treatment of arthritis deformans; hereditary haemophilia, deficiency in the coagulability of the blood the only immediate cause of the condition; discussion of acidosis, by A. W. Dunbar and J . L. Neilson .. ........ .. ... .. . . .... 361 Surgery - Laceration of the axillary portion of the shoulder joint as a factor in the etiology of traumatic combined paralysis of the upper extremity; tuberculosis of the kidney and ureter; injuries to the kidneys with end results; fracture of the patella; acute emergencies of abdominal disease; intestinal obstruction due to kinks and adhesions of the terminal ileum; the functions of the great omentum; treatment of peritonitis consecutive to appendicitis; treatment of ascites by drainage into the subcutaneous tissue of the abdomen; special dangers associated with operations on the biliary passages and their avoidance; a simple method for the relief of certain forms of odynphagia; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson....... ...... . . ... . ... ... ... .. 365 Hygiene and sanitation - Food requirements for sustenance and work; carbo-gasoline method for the disinfection of books; typhoid fever and mussel pollution; the duty of the community toward ita consumptives; some aspects of tropical sanitation; table jellies; the significance of the bacillus carrier in the spread of Asiatic cholera; the value of vaccination and revaccination; prophylaxie de la syphilis; the value of terminal disinfection; a method for determining the germicidal value and penetrating power of liquid disinfectants; by H. G. Beyer and C. N. Fiske........... 377 Tropical medicine - Further researches on the hyphomycetes of tinea imbricata; the action of'' 606" in sleeping sickness; the action of salvarsan in malaria; the application of "606" to the treatment of kala-azar; the specific treatment of leprosy; the role of the infective granule in certain protozoa! infections as illustrated by the spirochaetosis of Sudanese fowls, preliminary note; by C. S. Butler. . .... . . . ..... . .. .. .. . . . . ... . ... .... 389 Pathology and bacteriology - Ehrlich's biochemical theory and its conception and application; researches on experimental typhoid fever; a record of 90 diphtheria carriers; the serum diagnosis of syphilis; by M. E. Higgins. . . . 392 Medical zoology - Note on the presence of a lateral spine in the eggs of Schistosoma japonicum; onchocerciasis in cattle with special reference to the structure and bionomic characters of the parasite; by P. E. Garrison .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Chemistry and pharmacy - The preparation of a convenient and stable litmus solution; a method to demonstrate and estimate the digestive fermenta in the feces; a simple method for the estimation of ammonia in the urine of diabetics for the recognition of acidosis; new process for sterilizing water by potassium permanganate; the colorimetric estimation of dextrose in urine; a new method for the estimation of sugar in the urine; by E.W. Brown and O. G. Ruge . .. . .. ... . . . ..... ... . . 398 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Examination of the nose and throat in relation to general diagnosis, results in asthma; the nonsurgical treatment of cataract; by E. M. Shipp..... . . . .. . .. .. .. . .... .. ... . 400 Reports and letters: Plague conditions in North China, by W. D. Owens.......... .. .. ... ... 405 Vol. 5, No. 4 Preface ... .. . . . ............... . ...... ... ........................ .. ........ v Special articles: The tenth convention of the second Hague conference of 1907, and its relation to the evacuation of the wounded in naval warfare, by F. L. Pleadwell (first paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Is gangoea a form of syphilis? by H. E. Odell....... .. ... . ............. 430 Salvarsan as a diagnostic and therapeutic agent in syphilis, by C. M. George.... .. ............ ...... . . .. .... . . . .... . .. . 485 Flat foot and its relation to the Navy, by R. G. Heiner.. . ............... 451 Notes on submarine cruising, by I. F. Cohn............................ 455 Important features in the technique of carbon dioxide estimations in air, by E. W. Brown... . ................. . .. . . . ... . ...... . ...... . ..... . . 457 The use of salvarsan on board the U.S.S. Michigan, by J . J. Snyder and A. L. Clifton............. . . .. . . .............. . .................... . .. 459 Notes on vaccination, by A. B. Clifford... .. ........................... 461 The preparation of patient.e for operation at the United States Naval Hospital, Norfolk, Va., by W. M. Garton.. . ..... .... .. .. ... . . . ...... ..... 462 United States Naval Medical School laboratories: Specimens added to the helminthological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911 ........ . ... .......... . .. . .. 465 Specimens added to the pathological collection, United States Naval Medical School, June-Aug., 1911.................... . .... . .. .. . ... . .. 465 Suggested devices: An apparatus for hoisting patients aboard the hospital ship Solace, by E. M. Blackwell... . ............ . . . ................................ . . 467 An inexpensive and satisfactory ethyl chloride inhaler for general anaesthesia, by J. H. Barton .. . . ... .. .. .. . . .. .. . .. .... ...... 469 Clinical notes: Old "irreducible" dislocation of head of humerus, by H. C. Curl. . . . ... . 471 A case of brain tumor, by R. E. Hoyt.. .. .... .... . ...... . . .... . .. ........ 472 A case of brain abscess, by J. R. Phelps and G. F. Clark.. .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . 474 Report of two cases of cerebrospinal fever, by R. A. Bachmann.. . . . .... 477 A case of leprosy on board the U.S.S. Villalobos, by D. H. Noble....... 479 A case resembling gangosa, in which a treponema was found, by P. S. Rossiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 A case extensively burned, by N. T. McLean.. ... .... .. . . .. . .. ... ... . . . 481 Acute pemphigus following vaccination, by R. Hayden.... ... . .... ..... . . 482 Two interesting cases on the U.S.S. Prairie, by C. C. Grieve . .. . . . .... . . 486 An atypical case of typhoid fever, by L. W. Johnson... . ... . .. . .... . .. . .. 488 Tolerance of the peritoneum rarely seen, by P. R. Stalnaker and G. W. Shepard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Note on tincture of iodine, by R. Spear...... . . . . . ... . ... .... . .. . .. ..... 490 Notes on salvarsan, by R. Spear..... . ...... . .............. . ..... . . ..... 491 Current comment : Instructions relative to medical returns ... ....... . ..... . ............... .493 Clinical cards .. ........... ... . . .. .. ... . .... . . . . . .. . ... . .. . ......... . . .494 Measles in Samoa . ................ .. . ... . . . . ... . ....................... .495 The conservation of the public health ........ . .................... .496 Closure of the naval stations at San Juan and Culebra ....... .. .. . . . ..... 498 New pavilion for the practice of thoracic surgery ........ . ..... ...... 498 The Bellevue Hospital nomenclature of diseases and conditions, 1911 .... .498 Progress in medical sciences: General medicine - Pathological and experimental data derived from a further study of an acute infectious disease of unknown origin; the mode of transmission of leprosy; genesis of incipient tuberculisus; a method for determining the absolute pressure of the cerebrospinal fluid; the after history of cases of albuminuria occurring in adolescence; the stereoscopic X-ray examination of the chest with special reference to the diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis; the use of antiformin in the examination for the tubercle bacillus; by A. W. Dunbar and J. L. Neilson ............. . . . 501 Surgery - The control of bleeding in operations for brain tumors; intravenous anesthesia from hedonal; the difficulties and limitations of diagnosis in advanced cases of renal tuberculosis; the treatment of X-ray ulcer; nephroureterectomy; by Raymond Spear and Edgar Thompson .. 511 Hygiene and Sanitation - A simple method of purifying almost any infected water for drinking purposes; the physiology of the march; wall paper and illumination; vaccination et serotherapie anticholeriques; upon the inoculation of materia morbi through the human skin by fleabites; garbage receptacles; the relative influence of the heat and chemical impurity of close air; method for measuring the degree of vitiation of the air of inclosed spaces; by H. G. Beyer and C.N. Fiske . .. . .. ..... . 518 Tropical medicine - The diagnosis of pellagra; researches upon acarids among lepers; action of "606" upon malaria; by C. S. Butler ......... . 523 Pathology and bacteriology - An outbreak of gastroenteritis caused by B. paratyphosus; infection of rabbits with the virus of poliomyelitis; the mechanism of the formation of metastases in malignant tumors; a method for the pure cultivation of pathogenic treponema pallidum; by Y. E . Higgins .. .... .. .. . ..................... .. ..... . ............. . ...... . 528 Medical zoology - On Kwan's fluke and the presence of spines in fasciolopsis; endemic Mediterranean fever (Malta fever) in southwest Tcxas; by P. E. Garrison . ..... . .......... .. . . .... . .... . ........... . . . 532 Chemistry and pharmacy - Detection of blood by means of leuco-malachitegreen; an improved form of Heller's ring test for detection of albumin in the urine; an important reagent for Fehling's method for sugar estimation; method for the estimation of urotropin in the urine; detection of amylolytic ferments in the feces; new technique for the estimation of total nitrogen, ammonia, and urea in the urine; chemotherapy and "606" by E. W. Brown and O. G. Ruge ............... 533 Eye, ear, nose, and throat - Defective vision and its bearing on the question of fitness for service; "606 ' ' and eye diseases; by E. M. Shipp ... .. .. .538 Reports and letters: American Medical Association meeting, by C. P. Bfagg .. .. .... . .....550 Sanitary report on Kiukiang, Kiangse Province, China, by D. H. Noble ...550 Index to volume V ...............559 Subject index .......... . ........ . ....................... 559 Author's index . . . ........ . ..... . ......... . ......... . 570

If you have questions concerning reproductions, please contact the Contributing Library.

Note: The colors, contrast and appearance of these illustrations are unlikely to be true to life. They are derived from scanned images that have been enhanced for machine interpretation and have been altered from their originals.

Read/Download from the Internet Archive

See all images from this book

See all MHL images published in the same year

Board of Education Meeting 5/12/16 by Elizabeth Public Schools

OPENING CALENDAR

Presentation of the Colors

Admiral William F. Halsey, Jr. Leadership Academy JROTC

Pledge of Allegiance

Zynida Lamar, 8th grade student

Toussaint L’Ouverture-Marquis de Lafayette School No. 6

Star Spangled Banner by Francis Scott Key

Students: Medjine Desire, Aliya Filipowicz and Widline Exalus

Sandra Evaristo, Vice Principal

September Daniels, Music Teacher

Jada Golden, Classroom Assistant

Toussaint L’Ouverture-Marquis de Lafayette School No. 6

The Haitian National Anthem – “La Dessalinienne” by Justin Lhérisson

Performed by Students of: John E. Dwyer Technology Academy

Cuban National Anthem – “La Bayamesa” by Perucho Figueredo

Performed by:

Marlenes L. Teixeira, Music Teacher - Terence C Reilly School No. 7

Sylvia Jacobson, Assistant - Albert Einstein Academy School No. 29

Portuguese National Anthem – “A Portuguesa” by Henrique Lopes de Mendonça

Performed by Students: Gustavo Agostinho, Thomas Jefferson Arts Academy

Crystal Urrutia, Thomas Jefferson Arts Academy

Pledge of Ethics

Xochil Aguirre, 8th Grade Student

Toussaint L’Ouverture-Marquis de Lafayette School No. 6

Core Beliefs - Video

PERFORMANCES

In Recognition of Cuban Heritage

Mi Tierra by Gloria Estefan

Dance Performance

Students from Mabel G. Holmes School No. 5

In honor of Haitian Heritage

Contemporary Haitian Dance - Pi WO (Higher) Wyclef Jean

Students from John E. Dwyer Technology Academy

In Honor of Portuguese Heritage

“Os Lusiadas” by Luis Camões

Pome recited by:

Aline Pereira and Andrew Seabra, 8th grade students

Madison Monroe School No. 16

“Mar Portuguese” by Fernando Pessoa

Poem recited by:

Krystal Maldonado

Camila Rodriguez

Gloria Cavalheiro

Angelica Bautista Rojas

Portuguese Language students at Thomas Jefferson Arts Academy

PRESENTATIONS

Student Excellence

New Jersey USA Wrestling Championship Winner

Jasiah Queen, 5th grade student, Toussaint L’Ouverture-Marquis de Lafayette School No. 6

Outstanding Ratings in Solo Vocalist Category - 2016 Union County Teen Arts Competition

Qyaisha Peeples, 7th grade student, Toussaint L’Ouverture-Marquis de Lafayette School No. 6

Medjine Desire, 6th grade student, Toussaint L’Ouverture-Marquis de Lafayette School No. 6

Stars of Excellence

Dedication to the students of the Elizabeth Public Schools for the past 36 years.

Amelia Turner, Guidance Counselor

Act of Heroism performing Heimlich Maneuver and saving our student from chocking

Anthony Mendes –Physical Education Teacher, Christopher Columbus School No. 15

Elizabeth Public Schools selected by State of New Jersey Department of Education as a Bilingual Model Program

Dr. Lisette Calvo, Director of Bilingual/ESL Education

Veronica Alvero, Bilingual/ESL and World Language Supervisor

Sandra Nunes, Bilingual/ESL and World Language Supervisor

Community Excellence

Resolution Honoring Cuban Community

Miguel Jimenez, President

Resolution Honoring Haitian Community

Aksyon Kominote Entenasyonal Pou Developman Pisto Haiti “AKEDP”

Feret Fenelis, Executive Director

Resolution Honoring Portuguese Community

Elizabeth Portugal Day – Carla Rodrigues, President

Elizabeth Portuguese Lions/Leos – Idalina Lopes, President

Portuguese Instructive Social Club – Jose Brito, President

"A + B Painting" ('61) by Yoko Ono for "INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION" by Anthony Cox in "Art and Artists", August, 1966 by Miki

1

-- Page 19

"Yoko Ono A + B Painting 1961

Almus Gallery, New York"

-- Page 17

"Ono leads in a direction that might be called Concept-Art

INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION

THE FULL MOON hangs over the Lower East Side, its light

shines on paper-littered streets. In the daytime 2nd Avenue

is jammed with traffic and it's possible to look up through

the dust and heat at the sky and imagine what those few

seconds would be like before it came if eternity were to fit.

What an EVENT!

What is an Event and what does it have to do with Art?

Circa 1950: Yoko Ono is sitting around some-place

striking matches. She is observing the significance of a

natural act. Many matches later she finds that by lighting

a match and watching til it has gone out she is making

something that has a shorter existence than herself, and

by comparison is making her life longer.

When people are asked to observe the passage of time

they may feel ill at ease. Is this why we have a term like

auto-destruction? One of Yoko Ono's first events is

called LIGHTING PIECE: 'Light a match and watch

till it goes out.'

1961: her first one-man show in New York, in which

fifteen works were what she calls INSTRUCTUER;

'Something that emerged from instruction and yet not

quite emerged - not quite structured - never quite struc-

tured --- like an unfinished church with a sky ceiling.'

One of these works which was described by a critic as 'a

grimy unstrung canvas with a hole in it' is SMOKE

PAINTING: 'Light canvas or any finished painting with

a cigarettes at any time for any length of time. See the smoke

movement. The painting ends when the whole canvas is

gone.'* For Ono, paintings like Event do end: an ad-

ditional act in life; something to solve the temptation of

insanity.

Other works in her 1961 show were, PAINTING TO

BE STEPPED ON: 'Leave a piece of canvas or finished

painting on the floor or in the street.'* A + B PAINTING;

'Cut out a circle on canvas. A. Place a numeral figure, a

roman letter, or a katakanao on canvas B at an arbitrary

point. Place canvas A on canvas B and hang them together.

The figure on canvas B may show, may show partially, or

may not show. You may use old paintings, photographs, etc.

instead of blank canvases.'* PAINTING FOR THE

WIND: 'Make a hole. Leave it in the wind.'* PAINT-

ING TO SEE THE SKIES: 'Drill two holes into a can-

vas. Hang it where you can see the sky. (Change the place

of hanging. Try both the front and the rear windows, to

see if the skies are different.')* PAINTING TO LET

THE EVENING LIGHT GO THROUGH: 'Hang a

bottle behind a canvas. Place the canvas where the west

light comes in. The painting will exist when the bottle

creates a shadow on the canvas, or it does not have to

exist. The bottle may contain liquor, water, grasshoppers,

ants or singing insects, or it does not have to contain.'*

BLOOD PIECE: 'Use your blood to paint. Keep painting

until you faint (A). Keep painting until you die (B).'*

These and the others in the show were designed to be

done by anybody although at the time it was not apparent

to most observers and as well the works had been made by

Ono, they were regarded as going in one direction only:

purely auto-destructive. Actually all her paintings exist

in two phases. (1) The instruction phase; which may be

compared to a musical composition; written, copywritten,

distributed, and generally at large for anybody to make

(perform) and show (2) the existence of the particular

piece, which generally has some aspect which is in a state

of flux. Sometimes this may be only one-way, sometimes

it may be oscillating, or the piece may just need to be

refuelled, so to speak.

The one aspect which is considered so important in

most painting, the graphic element, or visual design, is

almost never stated except in the vaguest way as in A + B

PAINTING, and like a Swiss Patent, it is never clear

exactly how the formula goes. This is left up to the indi-

vidual who is to construct the work and how he feels about

such things. For the maker of the work and the audience

this opens up all sorts of possibilities. One is able to

observe certain relationships between art and life that are

usually overlooked in purely graphic art. Instead of saying

how the hell did he do that one might say why the hell do

I have to do that. The owner and/or maker of the painting

must continually come to grips with certain problems that

force him to consider what the concept of art is all about.

Recently, while the works of hers constructed by various

painters and sculptors were being collected in a gallery

for a show this coming fall, a piece was accidentally sold.

The piece WORD MACHINE #1 SKY MACHINE,

which produces a card with the word 'sky' on it when 25c

is deposited was acquired by Mr. & Mrs. Robert Scull. In

order to complete the sale in the case of this particular

piece it was necessary for Mr. Scull to sign a contract in

which he only received the right to possess the machine

but had to agree that serving of the machine would

remain the right of the maker and the maker would

receive 60% of the proceeds of the sake of 'sky' cards.

The pure iconism of the work is at question. It is a

machine, it has to be cleaned, repaired, cards replaced,

money extracted, in short, handled like crazy and the owner

and the maker have become involved in a continual

bureaucratic even in order to meet the terms of the con-

tract. Her original composition for this work states that

these machines should eventually replace all Coca-cola

and chewing gum machines, etc. everywhere. Immediately

there is a threat on these manmoth industies which have

always been auto-destructive in nature anyway - this

piece is a kind of a parody of them - and pocesses certain

interesting problems as the underworld usually controls

the vending machine operations here in New York. Is

there something wrong with a society that vends art in

machines instead of phosphate? Many agree that the coke

bottole has long been of better use and more valuable than

its contents anyway, and certain artists have even emulated

it in what has come to be known as Pop art.

Ono's work involves many facets and many roots that

are deeply traditional in Eastern and Western thought. In

the East there are traditions that have been obscured by

the advent of the West and one might hope that the reverse

may take place in the West: interbreeding considered

healthful. In Japan it was common and still is to a lesser

degree, to wrap one's lunch in a beautiful package -

intricately embossed gold foil was ideal (there are still

many things we don't know about food) - to contemplate

while eating in the woods; of course the wrapping would

be thrown away ... or for many people to gather with

the express purpose of observing the moon, without any

particular motive scientific or otherwise. This approach is

referred to as 'wabi and sabi' and it is considered that no

clear translation should be available.

In the West Ono relates to that arear referred to by Gene

Swenson as 'The Other Tradiotion'; Duchamp, Ernst,

Cage, Rauschenberg, Johns, etc., and it is interesting that

these men were attracted to her and attended her concerts

and events held in 1959-61 at her loft on Chambers St.

in New York before her return to Tokyo (at one point she

was close to Cage and tourned Japan with him in 1962, but

her music which has been described as 'music of the mind'

is diametrically opposed to his in philosophy and has no

audible sound in the conventional sense.)

What about painting of the mind? One of Ono's works

in her series 'imaginary paintings', is PAINTING TO BE

CONSTRUCTED IN YOUR HEAD: 'Imagine a flower

made of hard material such as gold, silver, stainless

steel, tin, marble, copper, etc. Imagine that the

pedals suddenly become soft like cotton or like living flesh.

In three hours prick all the petals. Save one and press it in a

book. In the margin of the page where the petal is pressed

note the derivation of the petal and the name of the petal.

At least eight hours should be spent in the construction

of the painting.'*

ANTHONY COX

New York City, July 4, 1966

For this special number of Art and Artists Yoko Ono

contributed the following: AUTO-DESTRUCTIVE

EVENTS; 1 - Dissapearing of snow, 2 - Thinking, 3 -

Dreaming, 4 - Waiting/not waiting, 5 - A wind, 6 -

Travel, 7 - Make wishknots in your head. Forget the

wish.

* reproduced by permission from Grapefruit, published by

Weltinnenraums Press, Box 186, NYC 14 USA."

Art and Artists

Volume One, Number Five

August 1966

Edited by Mario Amaya

London: Hansom Books, 1966

Private Collection of Mikihiko Hori

"Cut Piece" ('65) by Yoko Ono for "INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION" by Anthony Cox in "Art and Artists", August, 1966 - 1 by Miki

2

-- Page 18

"Yoko Ono performs her work CUT PIECE

at Carnegie Hall

Concept-art, where you can be an Artist, goes

further and involves with the audience as in Ono's CUT

PIECE, where each member of the audience is asked

to come up on the stage one at a time and remove the

performer's clothing with a large pair of tailor's

shears. The performer sits motionless through the

whole operation in a kneeling position until all the

clothing has been removed or everybody has had a

chance to cut, usually about an hour. In contrast to

the rest of the ceoncert which is usually filled with

restlessness in the audience, this piece always takes

place in complete silence, with periods of several

minutes elapsing before the next performer (member

of the audience) gets enough courage to come up on the

stage. Usually only one third of the audience performs

while the rest apparently consider the prospect."

-- Page 17

"Ono leads in a direction that might be called Concept-Art

INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION

THE FULL MOON hangs over the Lower East Side, its light

shines on paper-littered streets. In the daytime 2nd Avenue

is jammed with traffic and it's possible to look up through

the dust and heat at the sky and imagine what those few

seconds would be like before it came if eternity were to fit.

What an EVENT!

What is an Event and what does it have to do with Art?

Circa 1950: Yoko Ono is sitting around some-place

striking matches. She is observing the significance of a

natural act. Many matches later she finds that by lighting

a match and watching til it has gone out she is making

something that has a shorter existence than herself, and

by comparison is making her life longer.

When people are asked to observe the passage of time

they may feel ill at ease. Is this why we have a term like

auto-destruction? One of Yoko Ono's first events is

called LIGHTING PIECE: 'Light a match and watch

till it goes out.'

1961: her first one-man show in New York, in which

fifteen works were what she calls INSTRUCTUER;

'Something that emerged from instruction and yet not

quite emerged - not quite structured - never quite struc-

tured --- like an unfinished church with a sky ceiling.'

One of these works which was described by a critic as 'a

grimy unstrung canvas with a hole in it' is SMOKE

PAINTING: 'Light canvas or any finished painting with

a cigarettes at any time for any length of time. See the smoke

movement. The painting ends when the whole canvas is

gone.'* For Ono, paintings like Event do end: an ad-

ditional act in life; something to solve the temptation of

insanity.

Other works in her 1961 show were, PAINTING TO

BE STEPPED ON: 'Leave a piece of canvas or finished

painting on the floor or in the street.'* A + B PAINTING;

'Cut out a circle on canvas. A. Place a numeral figure, a

roman letter, or a katakanao on canvas B at an arbitrary

point. Place canvas A on canvas B and hang them together.

The figure on canvas B may show, may show partially, or

may not show. You may use old paintings, photographs, etc.

instead of blank canvases.'* PAINTING FOR THE

WIND: 'Make a hole. Leave it in the wind.'* PAINT-

ING TO SEE THE SKIES: 'Drill two holes into a can-

vas. Hang it where you can see the sky. (Change the place

of hanging. Try both the front and the rear windows, to

see if the skies are different.')* PAINTING TO LET

THE EVENING LIGHT GO THROUGH: 'Hang a

bottle behind a canvas. Place the canvas where the west

light comes in. The painting will exist when the bottle

creates a shadow on the canvas, or it does not have to

exist. The bottle may contain liquor, water, grasshoppers,

ants or singing insects, or it does not have to contain.'*

BLOOD PIECE: 'Use your blood to paint. Keep painting

until you faint (A). Keep painting until you die (B).'*

These and the others in the show were designed to be

done by anybody although at the time it was not apparent

to most observers and as well the works had been made by

Ono, they were regarded as going in one direction only:

purely auto-destructive. Actually all her paintings exist

in two phases. (1) The instruction phase; which may be

compared to a musical composition; written, copywritten,

distributed, and generally at large for anybody to make

(perform) and show (2) the existence of the particular

piece, which generally has some aspect which is in a state

of flux. Sometimes this may be only one-way, sometimes

it may be oscillating, or the piece may just need to be

refuelled, so to speak.

The one aspect which is considered so important in

most painting, the graphic element, or visual design, is

almost never stated except in the vaguest way as in A + B

PAINTING, and like a Swiss Patent, it is never clear

exactly how the formula goes. This is left up to the indi-

vidual who is to construct the work and how he feels about

such things. For the maker of the work and the audience

this opens up all sorts of possibilities. One is able to

observe certain relationships between art and life that are

usually overlooked in purely graphic art. Instead of saying

how the hell did he do that one might say why the hell do

I have to do that. The owner and/or maker of the painting

must continually come to grips with certain problems that

force him to consider what the concept of art is all about.

Recently, while the works of hers constructed by various

painters and sculptors were being collected in a gallery

for a show this coming fall, a piece was accidentally sold.

The piece WORD MACHINE #1 SKY MACHINE,

which produces a card with the word 'sky' on it when 25c

is deposited was acquired by Mr. & Mrs. Robert Scull. In

order to complete the sale in the case of this particular

piece it was necessary for Mr. Scull to sign a contract in

which he only received the right to possess the machine

but had to agree that serving of the machine would

remain the right of the maker and the maker would

receive 60% of the proceeds of the sake of 'sky' cards.

The pure iconism of the work is at question. It is a

machine, it has to be cleaned, repaired, cards replaced,

money extracted, in short, handled like crazy and the owner

and the maker have become involved in a continual

bureaucratic even in order to meet the terms of the con-

tract. Her original composition for this work states that

these machines should eventually replace all Coca-cola

and chewing gum machines, etc. everywhere. Immediately

there is a threat on these manmoth industies which have

always been auto-destructive in nature anyway - this

piece is a kind of a parody of them - and pocesses certain

interesting problems as the underworld usually controls

the vending machine operations here in New York. Is

there something wrong with a society that vends art in

machines instead of phosphate? Many agree that the coke

bottole has long been of better use and more valuable than

its contents anyway, and certain artists have even emulated

it in what has come to be known as Pop art.

Ono's work involves many facets and many roots that

are deeply traditional in Eastern and Western thought. In

the East there are traditions that have been obscured by

the advent of the West and one might hope that the reverse

may take place in the West: interbreeding considered

healthful. In Japan it was common and still is to a lesser

degree, to wrap one's lunch in a beautiful package -

intricately embossed gold foil was ideal (there are still

many things we don't know about food) - to contemplate

while eating in the woods; of course the wrapping would

be thrown away ... or for many people to gather with

the express purpose of observing the moon, without any

particular motive scientific or otherwise. This approach is

referred to as 'wabi and sabi' and it is considered that no

clear translation should be available.

In the West Ono relates to that arear referred to by Gene

Swenson as 'The Other Tradiotion'; Duchamp, Ernst,

Cage, Rauschenberg, Johns, etc., and it is interesting that

these men were attracted to her and attended her concerts

and events held in 1959-61 at her loft on Chambers St.

in New York before her return to Tokyo (at one point she

was close to Cage and tourned Japan with him in 1962, but

her music which has been described as 'music of the mind'

is diametrically opposed to his in philosophy and has no

audible sound in the conventional sense.)

What about painting of the mind? One of Ono's works

in her series 'imaginary paintings', is PAINTING TO BE

CONSTRUCTED IN YOUR HEAD: 'Imagine a flower

made of hard material such as gold, silver, stainless

steel, tin, marble, copper, etc. Imagine that the

pedals suddenly become soft like cotton or like living flesh.

In three hours prick all the petals. Save one and press it in a

book. In the margin of the page where the petal is pressed

note the derivation of the petal and the name of the petal.

At least eight hours should be spent in the construction

of the painting.'*

ANTHONY COX

New York City, July 4, 1966

For this special number of Art and Artists Yoko Ono

contributed the following: AUTO-DESTRUCTIVE

EVENTS; 1 - Dissapearing of snow, 2 - Thinking, 3 -

Dreaming, 4 - Waiting/not waiting, 5 - A wind, 6 -

Travel, 7 - Make wishknots in your head. Forget the

wish.

* reproduced by permission from Grapefruit, published by

Weltinnenraums Press, Box 186, NYC 14 USA."

Art and Artists

Volume One, Number Five

August 1966

Edited by Mario Amaya

London: Hansom Books, 1966

Private Collection of Mikihiko Hori

Богдан Буткевич: все просто, нужно убить 1,5 млн жителей Донбасса. by Arkadi Kivovitch

Видео в комментариях не нуждается.

И почти последнее.

Это статья английского журналиста:

Ссылка: philosophyofmetrics.com/2014/05/20/just-imagine-if-russia...

И текст на английском и русском:

JUST IMAGINE… IF RUSSIA HAD TOPPLED THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT

MAY 20, 2014

Reblogging is not something I would normally do, (I’ve done it twice this week) but this one from RT.com and blogger Neil Clark is worth adding here. It helps the western mind put some perspective to what has happened in Ukraine and elsewhere. – JC

Neil Clark is a journalist, writer and broadcaster. His award winning blog can be found at www.neilclark66.blogspot.com. Follow him on Twitter

Just imagine if the democratically-elected government of Canada had been toppled in a Russian-financed coup, in which far-right extremists and neo-Nazis played a prominent role.

That the new unelected ‘government’ in Ottawa cancelled the law giving the French language official status, appointed a billionaire oligarch to run Quebec and signed an association agreement with a Russian-led trade bloc.

Just imagine…

If Russia had spent $5 billion on regime change in Canada and then a leading Canadian energy firm had appointed to its board of directors the son of a top Russian government politician.

Just imagine…

If the Syrian government had hosted a meeting in Damascus of the ‘Friends of Britain’- a group of countries who supported the violent overthrow of David Cameron’s government.

That the Syrian government and its allies gave the anti-government ‘rebels’ in Britain millions of pounds and other support, and failed to condemn ‘rebel’ groups when they killed British civilians and bombed schools, hospitals and universities.

That the Syrian Foreign Minister dismissed next year’s scheduled general election in the UK as a ‘parody of democracy’ and said that Cameron must stand down before any elections are held.

Just imagine…

If in 2003, Russia and its closest allies had launched a full-scale military invasion of an oil-rich country in the Middle East, having claimed that that country possessed WMDs which threatened the world and that afterwards no WMDs were ever found.

That up to 1 million people had been killed in the bloodshed that followed the invasion and that the country was still in turmoil over 10 years later.

That Russian companies had come in to benefit from the reconstruction and rebuilding work following the ‘regime change’.

Just imagine…

If the pro-Russian journalists who had faithfully parroted the claims that the Middle Eastern country that Russia had invaded in 2003 had WMDs did not apologise afterwards or show any contrition despite the enormous death toll; but instead carried on in their well-paid jobs to propagandize more illegal wars and ’interventions’ against other independent countries, and attacked those honest journalists who didn’t peddle the war lies.

Just imagine…

If over forty people protesting against the central government had been burnt to death by pro-government extremists in Venezuela.

That the Venezuelan government had launched a military offensive against people protesting for greater autonomy/federalization following visits by the head of the Russian SVR and Dmitry Medvedev to Caracas.

Just imagine….

If last August over six hundred people protesting in camps against the government in Minsk in Belarus had been massacred by armed forces. That this spring, the courts in Belarus had handed out death sentences to over 600 supporters of opposition parties.

Just imagine….

If Russia had spent the years following the end of the old ‘Cold War’ surrounding the US with military bases and pushing for Canada and Mexico to join a Russian military alliance. That earlier this month Russia carried out major military exercises in Mexico.

Just imagine….

If we had heard leaked telephone calls between a high ranking official from the Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the Russian Ambassador in Canada in which they discussed who should/shouldn’t be in the Canadian government. That their approved candidate subsequently became the new, unelected Prime Minister following a Russian-financed ‘regime change’.

That the high ranking Russian official from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs also said : ‘Fxxx the EU’.

Just imagine…

If the Syrian air force had bombed a weapons depot in Israel and also bombed convoys which security officials said were carrying weapons to anti-government forces in Syria.

Just imagine…

If leading Russian politicians attended anti-austerity street protests in western Europe, handed out cookies to those protesting, and supported the protestors’ calls for the governments to step down.

Imagining what would happen if any of the above events occurred, and comparing it to what has happened in reality is highly instructive as it shows us what is wrong with the world today.

Reuters / Hamid Khatib

Actions have been taken by the US and its allies which would be considered totally outrageous if carried out by other countries. All we have to do is to switch the names of the countries concerned to see the double standards.

If Russia had attacked an oil-rich Middle Eastern nation in 2003, and pro-Russian journalists peddled the same sort of deceitful pro-war, WMD propaganda that neocons and faux-leftists did in the west when the US invaded Iraq, then we can be sure that Russia would have been regarded as an international pariah, and the journalists who acted as cheerleaders for the illegal invasion would be discredited for the rest of their lives. But the US is not subject to sanctions or treated as an outcast, its President in 2003, George W. Bush and his close ally Tony Blair, have yet to stand trial for war crimes, and the media ‘pundits’ who supported the invasion of Iraq are still in place and now pushing for a new Cold war against Russia and new military ‘intervention’ against Syria.

If Russia had spent $5bn on toppling the democratically-elected government of either Canada or Mexico, and installed a pro-Russian junta in its place, we can be sure that within hours, a full scale military invasion by the US would have taken place, in order to remove the new ‘government’ from power. Western television news channels and elite pundits would be enthusiastically supporting the US action – declaring it to be a ‘response to Russian aggression’ and saying it was totally justified. But when the regime changing was done by the US in Ukraine, and a pro-US junta installed in power in Kiev, it’s a very different story. The same people who would cry ‘foul’ at the top of their voices if Russia engineered a coup in Canada or Mexico, celebrate the unlawful toppling of the legitimate government of Ukraine.

We already know how the US would respond, if another country sought to put nuclear weapons close to its territory – in 1962 the world came to the brink of war in the Cuban missile crisis. But while a third world war would undoubtedly be threatened again if Russian forces held military exercises in Mexico, it’s not considered provocative for NATO to hold military exercises in Estonia.

Известный британский колумнист и блогер Нил Кларк в своей статье для RT представил мир, в котором привычные и, казалось бы, нормальные недавние политические события совершались бы другими государствами.

МОСКВА, 21 мая — РИА Новости. "Только представьте…", — так начинается каждый подзаголовок статьи известного британского колумниста Нила Кларка (Neil Clark), опубликованной на сайте телеканал Russia Today.

"Только представьте, если бы демократически избранное правительство Канады было бы свергнуто в ходе финансируемого Россией переворота, в котором важную роль играли бы ультраправые экстремисты и неонацисты. Если бы новое неизбранное "правительство" Оттавы отменило закон о признании французского языка официальным. Если бы олигарха с миллиардным состоянием назначили главой Оттавы и правительство подписало бы соглашение об ассоциации с торговым блоком, возглавляемым Россией», — пишет журналист.

Нил Кларк предлагает читателям задуматься, как отреагировал бы мир, если бы Россия потратила $5 млрд на смену режима в Канаде, а затем ведущая канадская энергетическая компания приняла бы в совет директоров сына высокопоставленного российского политика.

"Только представьте, если бы сирийское правительство провело бы встречу "Друзей Великобритании" — группы государств, поддержавших насильственное свержение правительства Дэвида Кэмерона. Если бы сирийское правительство с союзниками оказывало бы британским антиправительственным "повстанцам" многомиллионную помощь. Если бы они не осудили действия "повстанцев", убивших британских граждан, разбомбивших школы, больницы и университеты. Если бы министр иностранных дел Сирии осудил бы проведение всеобщих выборов в Великобритании, назвав их «пародией на демократию», и заявил бы, что Кэмерон должен уйти в отставку до проведения выборов.

Если бы в 2003 году Россия и ее ближайшие союзники начали бы полномасштабное вторжение в богатую нефтью ближневосточную страну, утверждая, что это государство обладает оружием массового поражения (ОМУ), угрожающим всему миру, а впоследствии никакого ОМУ не найдут. Если бы около 1 миллиона человек было бы убито вследствие кровопролития, начавшегося после интервенции. Если бы спустя 10 лет страна до сих пор пребывала бы в хаосе. Если бы российские компании нажились на реконструкционных и восстановительных работах после "смены режима".

Только представьте, если бы пророссийские журналисты, все как один твердившие, что ближневосточная страна, в которую Россия вторглась в 2003 году, обладала ОМУ, потом не принесли свои извинения и не выразили раскаяние в связи с огромным числом погибших граждан в результате аннексии. Если бы они, наоборот, сохранили за собой хорошо оплачиваемые должности и продолжили бы пропагандировать нелегальные войны и интервенции в другие независимые государства, а также совершали бы нападки на честных журналистов, которые предпочитают не врать.

Если бы около 40 человек, протестующих против центрального правительства, были бы сожжены заживо проправительственными экстремистами в Венесуэле. Если бы после визита Дмитрия Медведева и главы российской Службы внешней разведки в Каракас правительство Венесуэлы провело бы военную операцию против демонстрантов, требующих автономии или федерализации.

Если бы после окончания холодной войны Россия годами окружала бы США военными базами и настаивала на присоединении Канады и Мексики к российскому военному альянсу. Если бы ранее в этом месяце Россия провела крупные военные учения в Мексике.

Если бы в интернет "утек" телефонный разговор между высокопоставленным представителем российского МИДа и послом РФ в Канаде, обсуждающих, кто должен или не должен быть в составе канадского правительства. В дальнейшем они утвердили бы кандидата на пост нового премьер-министра после "смены режима", профинансированного Россией. И что если высокопоставленный представитель российского МИДа во время телефонного разговора в нецензурной форме высказался о Евросоюзе, как это сделала в феврале 2014 года помощник госсекретаря США по делам Европы и Евразии Виктория Нуланд в телефонном разговоре с американским послом в Киеве Джеффри Пайатом.

Только представьте, если бы ведущие российские политики посетили бы уличные протесты против мер жесткой экономии в западной Европе, раздавали бы печенье протестующим и поддерживали призывы к правительству уйти в отставку".

Нил Кларк предлагает представить, что могло бы быть, если бы любое из описанных событий произошло бы на самом деле. По мнению журналиста, их сравнение с текущими событиями было бы очень поучительным, поскольку оно ясно дает понять: с миром что-то не так.

"Действия, совершенные США и их союзниками, вызвали бы всеобщее возмущение, рискни любая другая страна проделать то же самое. Необходимо просто поменять местами названия государств, чтобы увидеть наличие двойных стандартов", — отмечает в статье Нил Кларк.

"Если бы Россия вторглась в богатую нефтью ближневосточную страну в 2003 году, как США вторглись в Ирак, можно быть уверенным, что Россию посчитали бы международным изгоем, а журналисты, освещавшие эту лживую войну, пожизненно бы себя дискредитировали. Но против США не применяли санкции. Президент США Джордж Буш и его ближайший союзник премьер-министр Великобритании Тони Блэр до сих пор так и не предстали перед судом за военные преступления", — задается вопросом журналист.

По мнению Кларка, если бы Россия потратила $5 млрд на свержение демократически избранного правительства Канады или Мексики и привела к власти пророссийскую хунту, за считанные часы началось бы полномасштабное военное вторжение США. Западные СМИ оправдывали бы действия Америки, характеризуя их "ответом на российскую агрессию". Но когда подобное совершили США на Украине, те же самые люди, которые бы осуждали действия России, праздновали незаконное свержение легитимного правительства Украины".

"Мы отлично знаем, как отреагировали бы США, если бы другое государство разместило ядерное оружие близко к американской территории: в 1962 году в период Карибского кризиса мир находился на грани третьей мировой войны. Однако проведение военных учений НАТО в Эстонии, граничащей с Россией, не считается провокационным", — отмечает Кларк.

Добавлю от себя, что только что США (или НАТО) объявили уже не о манёврах, а о создании базы ВВС в Эстонии. При том, что, когда объединялась Германия, американцы и НАТО обещали Горбачёву (чтобы СССР не повторил Венгрию в 1956-м или Чехословакию а 68-м), "НАТО не расширится ни на дюйм за восточную границу Германии". Сегодня половина Восточной Европы (включая Прибалтику и Польшу, т.е. прямо на границе России) - члены НАТО.

My Raised-Bed Garden 1/27/08 by redteam

3 4

One of the things that I was really excited about getting into once I moved back to Los Angeles from Santa Cruz was vegetable gardening.

What you see here is a 2' x 8' raised-bed garden that Boja and I built. Most of the books I've read talk about 4' x 4' beds, but I like this setup and it fits better in my wreck of a backyard anyway.

Raised-bed gardens are great. They produce a higher concentration of food than crops planted in rows (which are better for very large operations) and you don't have to deal with lots of the nonsense that planting in the ground entails: no soil amendment (which can take years) because you start with good soil right away, fewer drainage problems, easy tending (don't have to bend over as much), and many other benefits.

This picture was taken on 1/27, almost exactly three months after I constructed and seeded the garden. The stars, from left to right are: Radishes (already harvested all but one - they grow really fast!), Nantes carrots, Royal Chantenay carrots, Red Chard, Imperator carrots (putting them in between the chards was a big mistake - they get almost no sun), White Chard, and some fallow space (couldn't decide what I wanted in there so I "left my options open" - oh well - I guess I'll just grow forks).

Cats love to take dumps in the soft soil of gardens. They must think that they're huge deluxe cat boxes. Before the plants really got going, I had to deal with a couple of cat incidents. "Never again", I said. So I got a bunch of sticks (the trunks of my vanquished enemies, Ailanthus Altissima) and leaned them on the side of the box to make climbing in unpleasant. To make things even more unpleasant, I set rows of carpeting tacks on the edge of the box (yes, spike strips). In the case that a cat ever got through all that, I have strategically embedded plastic forks in the soil with the tines pointing upwards. That way, when the prospective dumper tries to lower his furry little butt over the soil, he feels the sting of "Dixie's Pitchfork". I also spread black pepper over the soil to discourage any jumping squirrels or tiny vermin. Apparently, it stings their paws.

So far, everything has worked. My guess is that the spikes are the most "instructive" method. My only enemies now are the occasional caterpillar and the ruthless aphid hordes.

As for the crops, they are delicious. We have already made several impressive dinners out of the chards. As of mid-March, the carrots are still not quite ready. I think they need lots and lots and lots of very regular watering.

As soon as I sort out a problem with the faucet in the backyard, I will invest in a drip-watering system. I already have the timer/controller. As it is now, I have big tubs of water that I fill up and leave out for a couple of days so that the chlorine and chloramine can get the hell out. Then I put that water in a watering can and have picture-perfect watering moments.

I think the chards will stick around until it gets really, really hot. By then, I will have tomatoes, squashes (like zucchinis, yum!), and some other interesting things.

Freemson... The Imaginarium of Doctor Parnassus by antefixus21

1

I photographed our TV screen.

Masonic references: Square and Compasses on a Holy Book and the All Seeing Eye.

Link:

en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Imaginarium_of_Doctor_Parnassus

Square and Compasses:

Source: Mackey's Encyclopedia of Freemasonry

These two symbols have been so long and so universally combined — to teach us, as says an early instruction, "to square our actions and to keep them within due bounds," they are so seldom seen apart, but are so kept together, either as two Great Lights, or as a jewel worn once by the Master of the Lodge, now by the Past Master—that they have come at last to be recognized as the proper badge of a Master Mason, just as the Triple Tau is of a Royal Arch Mason or the Passion Cross of a Knight Templar.

So universally has this symbol been recognized, even by the profane world, as the peculiar characteristic of Freemasonry, that it has recently been made in the United States the subject of a legal decision. A manufacturer of flour having made, in 1873, an application to the Patent Office for permission to adopt the Square and Compasses as a trade-mark, the Commissioner of Patents, .J. M. Thatcher, refused the permission as the mark was a Masonic symbol.

If this emblem were something other than precisely what it is—either less known", less significant, or fully and universally understood—all this might readily be admitted. But, Considering its peculiar character and relation to the public, an anomalous question is presented. There can be no doubt that this device, so commonly worn and employed by Masons, has an established mystic significance, universally recognized as existing; whether comprehended by all or not, is not material to this issue. In view of the magnitude and extent of the Masonic organization, it is impossible to divest its symbols, or at least this particular symbol—perhaps the best known of all—of its ordinary signification, wherever displaced, either as an arbitrary character or otherwise.

It will be universally understood, or misunderstood, as having a Masonic significance; and, therefore, as a trade-mark, must constantly work deception. Nothing could be more mischievous than to create as a monopoly, and uphold by the poser of lacy anything so calculated. as applied to purposes of trade. to be misinterpreted, to mislead all classes, and to constantly foster suggestions of mystery in affairs of business (see Infringing upon Freemasonry, also Imitative Societies, and Clandestine).

In a religious work by John Davies, entitled Summa Totalis, or All in All and the Same Forever, printed in 1607, we find an allusion to the Square and Compasses by a profane in a really Masonic sense. The author, who proposes to describe mystically the form of the Deity, says in his dedication:

Yet I this forme of formelesse Deity,

Drewe by the Squire and Compasse of our Creed.

In Masonic symbolism the Square and Compasses refer to the Freemason's duty to the Craft and to himself; hence it is properly a symbol of brotherhood, and there significantly adopted as the badge or token of the Fraternity.

Berage, in his work on the higher Degrees, Les plus secrets Mystéres des Hauts Grades, or The Most Secret Mysteries of the High Grades, gives a new interpretation to the symbol. He says: "The Square and the Compasses represent the union of the Old and New Testaments. None of the high Degrees recognize this interpretation, although their symbolism of the two implements differs somewhat from that of Symbolic Freemasonry.

The Square is with them peculiarly appropriated to the lower Degrees, as founded on the Operative Art; while the Compasses, as an implement of higher character and uses, is attributed to the Decrees, which claim to have a more elevated and philosophical foundation. Thus they speak of the initiate, when he passes from the Blue Lodge to the Lodge of Perfection, as 'passing from the Square to the Compasses,' to indicate a progressive elevation in his studies. Yet even in the high Degrees, the square and compasses combined retain their primitive signification as a symbol of brotherhood and as a badge of the Order."

Square and Compass

Source: The Builder October 1916

By Bro. B. C. Ward, Iowa

Worshipful Master and Brethren: Let us behold the glorious beauty that lies hidden beneath the symbolism of the Square and Compass; and first as to the Square. Geometry, the first and noblest of the sciences, is the basis on which the superstructure of Masonry has been erected. As you know, the word "Geometry" is derived from two Greek words which mean "to measure the earth," so that Geometry originated in measurement; and in those early days, when land first began to be measured, the Square, being a right angle, was the instrument used, so that in time the Square began to symbolize the Earth. And later it began to symbolize, Masonically, the earthly-in man, that is man's lower nature, and still later it began to symbolize man's duty in his earthly relations, or his moral obligations to his Fellowmen. The symbolism of the Square is as ancient as the Pyramids. The Egyptians used it in building the Pyramids. The base of every pyramid is a perfect square, and to the Egyptians the Square was their highest and most sacred emblem. Even the Chinese many, many centuries ago used the Square to represent Good, and Confucius in his writings speaks of the Square to represent a Just man.

As Masons we have adopted the 47th Problem of Euclid as the rule by which to determine or prove a perfect Square. Many of us remember with what interest we solved that problem in our school days. The Square has become our most significant Emblem. It rests upon the open Bible on this altar; it is one of the three great Lights; and it is the chief ornament of the Worshipful Master. There is a good reason why this distinction has been conferred upon the Square. There can be nothing truer than a perfect Square--a right angle. Hence the Square has become an emblem of Perfection.

Now a few words as to the Compass: Astronomy was the second great science promulgated among men. In the process of Man's evolution there came a time when he began to look up to the stars and wonder at the vaulted Heavens above him. When he began to study the stars, he found that the Square was not adapted to the measurement of the Heavens. He must have circular measure; he needed to draw a circle from a central point, and so the Compass was employed. By the use of the Compass man began to study the starry Heavens, and as the Square primarily symbolized the Earth, the Compass began to symbolize the Heavens, the celestial canopy, the study of which has led men to think of God, and adore Him as the Supreme Architect of the Universe. In later times the Compass began to symbolize the spiritual or higher nature of man, and it is a significant fact that the circumference of a circle, which is a line without end, has become an emblem of Eternity and symbolizes Divinity; so the Compass, and the circle drawn by the Compass, both point men Heavenward and Godward.

The Masonic teaching concerning the two points of the Compass is very interesting and instructive. The novitiate in Masonry, as he kneels at this altar, and asks for Light sees the Square, which symbolizes his lower nature, he may well note the position of the Compass. As he takes another step, and asks for more Light, the position of the Compass is changed somewhat, symbolizing that his spiritual nature can, in some measure, overcome his evil tendencies. As he takes another step in Masonry, and asks for further Light, and hears the significant words, "and God said let there be Light, and there was Light," he sees the Compass in new light; and for the first time he sees the meaning, thus unmistakably alluding to the sacred and eternal truth that as the Heavens are higher than the Earth, so the spiritual is higher than the material, and the spiritual in man must have its proper place, and should be above his lower nature, and dominate all his thoughts and actions. That eminent Philosopher, Edmund Burke, once said, "It is ordained that men of intemperate passions cannot be free. Their passions forge the chains which bind them, and make them slaves." Burke was right. Masonry, through the beautiful symbolism of the Compass, tells us how we can be free men, by permitting the spiritual within us to overcome our evil tendencies, and dominate all our thoughts and actions.

Brethren, sometimes in the silent quiet hour, as we think of this conflict between our lower and higher natures, we sometimes say in the words of another, "Show me the way and let me bravely climb to where all conflicts with the flesh shall cease. Show me that way. Show me the way up to a higher plane where my body shall be servant of my Soul. Show me that way."

Brethren, if that prayer expresses desire of our hearts, let us take heed to the beautiful teachings of the Compass, which silently and persistently tells each one of us,

"You should not in the valley stay

While the great horizons stretch away

The very cliffs that wall you round

Are ladders up to higher ground.

And Heaven draws near as you ascend,

The Breeze invites, the Stars befriend.

All things are beckoning to the Best,

Then climb toward God and find sweet Rest."

Yoko Ono's "INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION" by Anthony Cox in "Art and Artists", August, 1966 - 1 by Miki

2

-- Page 16

"Cut along dotted line and look at the sky through the hole. By Yoko Ono, 1966"

-- Page 17

"Ono leads in a direction that might be called Concept-Art

INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION

THE FULL MOON hangs over the Lower East Side, its light

shines on paper-littered streets. In the daytime 2nd Avenue

is jammed with traffic and it's possible to look up through

the dust and heat at the sky and imagine what those few

seconds would be like before it came if eternity were to fit.

What an EVENT!

What is an Event and what does it have to do with Art?

Circa 1950: Yoko Ono is sitting around some-place

striking matches. She is observing the significance of a

natural act. Many matches later she finds that by lighting

a match and watching til it has gone out she is making

something that has a shorter existence than herself, and

by comparison is making her life longer.

When people are asked to observe the passage of time

they may feel ill at ease. Is this why we have a term like

auto-destruction? One of Yoko Ono's first events is

called LIGHTING PIECE: 'Light a match and watch

till it goes out.'

1961: her first one-man show in New York, in which

fifteen works were what she calls INSTRUCTUER;

'Something that emerged from instruction and yet not

quite emerged - not quite structured - never quite struc-

tured --- like an unfinished church with a sky ceiling.'

One of these works which was described by a critic as 'a

grimy unstrung canvas with a hole in it' is SMOKE

PAINTING: 'Light canvas or any finished painting with

a cigarettes at any time for any length of time. See the smoke

movement. The painting ends when the whole canvas is

gone.'* For Ono, paintings like Event do end: an ad-

ditional act in life; something to solve the temptation of

insanity.

Other works in her 1961 show were, PAINTING TO

BE STEPPED ON: 'Leave a piece of canvas or finished

painting on the floor or in the street.'* A + B PAINTING;

'Cut out a circle on canvas. A. Place a numeral figure, a

roman letter, or a katakanao on canvas B at an arbitrary

point. Place canvas A on canvas B and hang them together.

The figure on canvas B may show, may show partially, or

may not show. You may use old paintings, photographs, etc.

instead of blank canvases.'* PAINTING FOR THE

WIND: 'Make a hole. Leave it in the wind.'* PAINT-

ING TO SEE THE SKIES: 'Drill two holes into a can-

vas. Hang it where you can see the sky. (Change the place

of hanging. Try both the front and the rear windows, to

see if the skies are different.')* PAINTING TO LET

THE EVENING LIGHT GO THROUGH: 'Hang a

bottle behind a canvas. Place the canvas where the west

light comes in. The painting will exist when the bottle

creates a shadow on the canvas, or it does not have to

exist. The bottle may contain liquor, water, grasshoppers,

ants or singing insects, or it does not have to contain.'*

BLOOD PIECE: 'Use your blood to paint. Keep painting

until you faint (A). Keep painting until you die (B).'*

These and the others in the show were designed to be

done by anybody although at the time it was not apparent

to most observers and as well the works had been made by

Ono, they were regarded as going in one direction only:

purely auto-destructive. Actually all her paintings exist

in two phases. (1) The instruction phase; which may be

compared to a musical composition; written, copywritten,

distributed, and generally at large for anybody to make

(perform) and show (2) the existence of the particular

piece, which generally has some aspect which is in a state

of flux. Sometimes this may be only one-way, sometimes

it may be oscillating, or the piece may just need to be

refuelled, so to speak.

The one aspect which is considered so important in

most painting, the graphic element, or visual design, is

almost never stated except in the vaguest way as in A + B

PAINTING, and like a Swiss Patent, it is never clear

exactly how the formula goes. This is left up to the indi-

vidual who is to construct the work and how he feels about

such things. For the maker of the work and the audience

this opens up all sorts of possibilities. One is able to

observe certain relationships between art and life that are

usually overlooked in purely graphic art. Instead of saying

how the hell did he do that one might say why the hell do

I have to do that. The owner and/or maker of the painting

must continually come to grips with certain problems that

force him to consider what the concept of art is all about.

Recently, while the works of hers constructed by various

painters and sculptors were being collected in a gallery

for a show this coming fall, a piece was accidentally sold.

The piece WORD MACHINE #1 SKY MACHINE,

which produces a card with the word 'sky' on it when 25c

is deposited was acquired by Mr. & Mrs. Robert Scull. In

order to complete the sale in the case of this particular

piece it was necessary for Mr. Scull to sign a contract in

which he only received the right to possess the machine

but had to agree that serving of the machine would

remain the right of the maker and the maker would

receive 60% of the proceeds of the sake of 'sky' cards.

The pure iconism of the work is at question. It is a

machine, it has to be cleaned, repaired, cards replaced,

money extracted, in short, handled like crazy and the owner

and the maker have become involved in a continual

bureaucratic even in order to meet the terms of the con-

tract. Her original composition for this work states that

these machines should eventually replace all Coca-cola

and chewing gum machines, etc. everywhere. Immediately

there is a threat on these manmoth industies which have

always been auto-destructive in nature anyway - this

piece is a kind of a parody of them - and pocesses certain

interesting problems as the underworld usually controls

the vending machine operations here in New York. Is

there something wrong with a society that vends art in

machines instead of phosphate? Many agree that the coke

bottole has long been of better use and more valuable than

its contents anyway, and certain artists have even emulated

it in what has come to be known as Pop art.

Ono's work involves many facets and many roots that

are deeply traditional in Eastern and Western thought. In

the East there are traditions that have been obscured by

the advent of the West and one might hope that the reverse

may take place in the West: interbreeding considered

healthful. In Japan it was common and still is to a lesser

degree, to wrap one's lunch in a beautiful package -

intricately embossed gold foil was ideal (there are still

many things we don't know about food) - to contemplate

while eating in the woods; of course the wrapping would

be thrown away ... or for many people to gather with

the express purpose of observing the moon, without any

particular motive scientific or otherwise. This approach is

referred to as 'wabi and sabi' and it is considered that no

clear translation should be available.

In the West Ono relates to that arear referred to by Gene

Swenson as 'The Other Tradiotion'; Duchamp, Ernst,

Cage, Rauschenberg, Johns, etc., and it is interesting that

these men were attracted to her and attended her concerts

and events held in 1959-61 at her loft on Chambers St.

in New York before her return to Tokyo (at one point she

was close to Cage and tourned Japan with him in 1962, but

her music which has been described as 'music of the mind'

is diametrically opposed to his in philosophy and has no

audible sound in the conventional sense.)

What about painting of the mind? One of Ono's works

in her series 'imaginary paintings', is PAINTING TO BE

CONSTRUCTED IN YOUR HEAD: 'Imagine a flower

made of hard material such as gold, silver, stainless

steel, tin, marble, copper, etc. Imagine that the

pedals suddenly become soft like cotton or like living flesh.

In three hours prick all the petals. Save one and press it in a

book. In the margin of the page where the petal is pressed

note the derivation of the petal and the name of the petal.

At least eight hours should be spent in the construction

of the painting.'*

ANTHONY COX

New York City, July 4, 1966

For this special number of Art and Artists Yoko Ono

contributed the following: AUTO-DESTRUCTIVE

EVENTS; 1 - Dissapearing of snow, 2 - Thinking, 3 -

Dreaming, 4 - Waiting/not waiting, 5 - A wind, 6 -

Travel, 7 - Make wishknots in your head. Forget the

wish.

* reproduced by permission from Grapefruit, published by

Weltinnenraums Press, Box 186, NYC 14 USA."

Art and Artists

Volume One, Number Five

August 1966

Edited by Mario Amaya

London: Hansom Books, 1966

Private Collection of Mikihiko Hori

The Western and Japanese Ego in Lacan's Borromean Knot, by Timothy Takemoto

2

The reference to Japanese culture is not till towards the end.

According to Lacan the real, imaginary and symbolic are related in like manner to the rings of a borromean knot (see this page) in which no one of the the three rings passes through the others, but the three rings are held together. Cutting any of the rings causes the knot to fall apart.

I have interpreted this to mean that we experience, or believe in ourselves (and the world) at the presumed intersection between the imaginary (that which we can see and imagine) and the symbolic (that which we can say). The borromean knot illustrates the "presumption" in the fact that the rings do not in fact intersect.

I have also related this presumption, and the failure to maintain it, to the anguish of characters in two scenes in David Lynch's movies: the scene in "Blue Velvet" (1986) were Ben (played by Dean Stockwell) mimes "In dreams" and the "Club Silencio" scene in "Mulholland Dr." (2001) where, Frank in the former, and Diane and Camilla in the later become visibly distraught to realise that the performer they are watching is lip-synching. Why should lip-synchng be so distressing? I also read that Australia has out-lawed lip-synching at "live concerts" (specifically those of Britney Spears) unless the tickets come with a disclaimer.

At the phenomenological level however, it can be claimed that (I have a reference for this claim somewhere, thanks to one of my seminar students) that sound can not come from vision and that experientially we are always, as it were, aligning an audio track with a visual track, and in a sense all performers are lip-synchers or ventriloquists, though in some situations we deem their voices and their images to be coming from the same place.

At the level of the "symbolic" and the "imaginary", however, I did not have any clear understanding of what Lacan was referring to.

Rather than being a "card holding Lacanian," I just find the most basic level interpretation of theories useful for interpreting Japanese culture, and rightly or wrongly, I tend to think that he the man, Lacan himself, was a ranting obscurantist! Even worse than me perhaps.

But I have been thinking about this knot a little more, while reading the Edgar Allen Poe short story that Lacan so recommends (The Purloigned Letter). While I find Lacan't interpretation of this detective story almost impossibly opaque, the detective story itself is very instructive. Notably there are persona in the story who appear to be able to see and not be seen, and others to manipulate signs but not see, and an independence and interaction among these persona, which leads me to the following vague hypothesis, which may well have been what Lacan was saying all along.

Perhaps the faculties of speaking and imagining can only appreciate themselves in their opposite? Like an invisible ghost that can see a blind man that can only speak of ghosts? This reminds me of "The Sixth Sense" and all those imaginary friends I wrote about on an earlier post.

I am not sure how to make this any more clear but perhaps it can be unpacked in to the following 4 assertions

A) Imagination can not imagine itself (c.f. Nietzsche's remarks on eyes not being able to see themselves)

B) Imagine only reaches a self perception via language (those trasformatory symbols that Jpanese collect)

C) Speech can not say itself c.f. Emile Benveniste's papers on the subject of utterance and the subject of enunciation. One of the two crucial papers by Benveniste can be found online.

D) The speaking subject of "utterance" can only represent itself by taking a detour via the image (as body visible)

I am not sure how to make the these four claims more persuasive but I find myself rather taken by the idea. The above would suggest a more divided self.

Random thoughts

1) People who have had their inter-hemispheric neural hightway, the corpus callosum, cut cease to dream, and their right and left arms sometimes even fight each other. As per the last photo, Poe has considerable hemispherical assymetry

2) Images in my dreams seem often to be rebuses as if my dream images are trying desperately to speak.

Finally relating this to Japanese culture

3) Proposition (A) above might be more unacceptable to Japanese who feel that they can imagine themselves without loss of fidelity, and proposition (C) more unacceptable to Westerners who, according to many (Bruner, Benveniste, MacAdams etc) narrate themselves into existence.

4) Lacan argued (see the aforemented page) the Western ego exists at the intersection between the symbolic and the real. Transposing Nacalianly, the Japanese self exists at the intersection between the (visio) imaginary and the real, as Nishida (see Heisig, 2004) argues.

[The above borromean knot is probably drawn from a Western perspective with the symbolic rather than the imaginar above the real].

Bibliography

Heisig, J. W. (2004). Nishida’s medieval bent. Japanese journal of religious studies, 55–72. Retrieved from nirc.nanzan-u.ac.jp/staff/jheisig/pdf/Nishida%20Medieval%...

Gerrit Dou Exposition in Museum de Lakenhal in Leiden - visit 15-06-2014 by Marten Kuilman

Gerrit Dou (7 April 1613 – 9 February 1675), also known as Gerard and Douw or Dow, was a Dutch Golden Age painter, whose small, highly polished paintings are typical of the Leiden fijnschilders. He specialised in genre scenes and is noted for his trompe l'oeil "niche" paintings and candlelit night-scenes with strong chiaroscuro.

Dou was born in Leiden. His first instructor in drawing and design was Bartholomew Dolendo, an engraver; and he afterwards learned the art of glass-painting under Peter Kouwhoorn. At the age of 15 he became a pupil of Rembrandt, with whom he continued for three years. From the great master of the Dutch school he acquired his skill in coloring, and in the more subtle effects of chiaroscuro; and the style of Rembrandt is reflected in several of his earlier pictures, notably in a portrait of himself at the age of 22, in the Bridgewater Collection, and in the "Blind Tobit going to meet his Son", at Wardour Castle.

At a comparatively early point in his career, however, he had formed a manner of his own distinct from, and indeed in some respects antagonistic to, that of his master. Gifted with unusual clearness of vision and precision of manipulation, he cultivated a minute and elaborate style of treatment; and probably few painters ever spent more time and pains on all the details of their pictures down to the most trivial. He is said to have spent five days in painting a hand; and his work was so fine that he found it necessary to manufacture his own brushes.

Notwithstanding the minuteness of his touch, however, the general effect was harmonious and free from stiffness, and his color was always admirably fresh and transparent. He was fond of representing subjects in lantern or candle light, the effects of which he reproduced with a fidelity and skill which no other master has equaled. He frequently painted by the aid of a concave mirror, and to obtain exactness looked at his subject through a frame crossed with squares of silk thread. His practice as a portrait painter, which was at first considerable, gradually declined, sitters being unwilling to give him the time that he deemed necessary. His pictures were always small in size, and represented chiefly subjects in still life. Upwards of 200 are attributed to him, and specimens are to be found in most of the great public collections of Europe.

His chef-d'oeuvre is generally considered to be 'The dropsical woman' (1663), and 'The Dutch Housewife' (1650), both in the Louvre. The Evening School, in the Amsterdam Rijksmuseum, is the best example of the candlelight scenes in which he excelled. In the National Gallery, London, favorable specimens are to be seen in the Poulterer's Shop (1672), and a portrait of himself (see above). Dou's pictures brought high prices, and it is said that the art lover Van Spiering of The Hague paid him 1,000 florins a year simply for the right of pre-emption. Dou died in Leiden. His most celebrated pupil was Frans van Mieris the Elder, along with Gabriël Metsu. According to the RKD, his other pupils were Bartholomeus Maton, Carel de Moor, Matthijs Naiveu, Abraham de Pape, Godfried Schalcken, Pieter Cornelisz van Slingelandt, Domenicus van Tol, Gijsbert Andriesz Verbrugge, and Pieter Hermansz Verelst.

A considerable amount was written about Dou in his own time, e.g., Philips Angels' Lof der Schilderkunst'. Angels praises Dou, because of his imitation of nature and his visual illusions. This is evident from the extremely small detailing and the common occurrence of trompe l’oeil effects in his works. Angels also stresses how Dou’s paintings expressed the paragone debate around that time. The paragone debate was an ongoing competition between painting, sculpture and poetry as to which was the best representation of nature. The paragone debate was especially popular in Leiden, because the painters wanted to obtain the rights of a guild from the town council, in order to have laws for their economic protection.[Sluijter, 1993]

The paragone debate is not only addressed in writings from that time, but its popularity can also be seen in the subject matter of several of Dou’s paintings. An example of this is the Old Painter at work, in which an old painter is working on a canvas behind a table displaying objects that show his capabilities of imitation. The aged painter refers to an argument in the paragone debate that a painter can achieve his best work at an old age, while a sculptor cannot because of the physical demands of sculpting. On the table, a sculptured head and a printed book are rendered in a lifelike fashion to show that painting can imitate both sculpture and printed paper, thereby reassuring the notion that painting beats sculpture. According to Sluijter, the “amazing true-to-life peacock and a beautiful Triton shell, next to a copper pot with the most refined reflections of light” shows that art beats nature. Sluijter argues that the peacock stands for the ability of painting to “preserve the transient works of nature thereby even surpassing it”. [Sluijter, 2000]

Many difficulties arise when one would want to consistently associate a certain meaning with a specific object. One of the most troublesome and thus one of the most instructive objects in Dou’s oeuvre is a relief by François Duquesnoy called Putti teasing a goat. This relief features in many of Dou’s pictures with a window-sill motif, and has been assigned various meanings. J. A. Emmens, for example, states that in The Trumpeter the relief represents: “the deceitfulness of human desires, because the goat, personifying lust, can time and again be deceived by appearance, by the deceptive imitation, which is the mask”. [Emmens, Opstellen, cit. (note 4), vol. 2, p 183 in Hecht, 2002] The shop displayed a whole array of glimmering fish, fur of hares, plants, vegetables, reflecting metal containers of different materials and several kind of fabric, from gilt leather to silk . Through his careful handling of lustre and reflection, the display of these objects in one painting can be interpreted as a contribution to the paragone debate.[Sluijter, 2000]

'The Kitchen Maid with a Boy in a Window', features a maidservant, fishes and a little boy holding a hare, cramped together with a bunch of vegetables, a dead bird and copperware. Sluijter acknowledges that a contemporary viewer would have certainly approved of this scene as representing an approximation of life as the rendering of all the material is very realistic. On the overall series of maidservant-scenes, Sluijter remarks that the image of a maidservant was generally associated with a sexual undertone. According to de Jongh, this motif has erotic references. In his article on Erotica in 17th century genre pieces, de Jongh argues that dead hunted birds and animals most likely all refer back to the notion of eroticism and availability of the woman depicted because birding and hunting were synonyms for sexual encounters. All maidservants show dead birds or animals refer to hunting and 'vogelen' (birding), which in Dutch means to copulate. The maidservants are thereby explicitly erotic. Certainly a cock as a bird refers to a cock as the male sex organ and this can been seen hanging from the wall in 'Kitchen Maid with a Boy in a Window'. [de Jongh, 1968–1969] De Jongh´s erotic interpretations can be disputed to hold in the paintings by Gerard Dou because he depicts his dead chicks and fury hares not only with seductive maidservants, but also as props in motifs with old servants, or in domestic household scenes, such as the Young Mother.

Additionally to objects possibly having a deeper meaning via emblem books, also complete scenes in Dou’s oeuvre have been related to scenes depicted in emblem books or prints. The Girl Pouring Water is a variation of the theme Educatio prima bona sit from Boissards Vesuntini emblemata. The moral that this emblem depicts is that ‘children absorb knowledge like a pot absorbs water’. The gaining of knowledge is achieved by a little boy in the background, while the water is poured in the foreground. [Hollander, 2002]

One painting that is strongly associated with an emblem is the Night school. This particular painting is rather anecdotal in character and Baer disagrees with Hecht who refers to this painting as being merely a demonstration of Dou’s abilities to work with artificial light. Baer identifies the candle lights with the light of understanding and she relates the unlit lantern on the left wall with ignorance, which is combated by teaching embodied in the lit lantern in the middle of the floor. Additionally Baer suggests that the girl at the left is a representation of Cognitione, because she strikes the same pose as in Cesare Ripa’s Iconologia. Like Ripa’s emblem, the girl in Dou’s painting holds a candle while pointing towards a line of text. The essence of Ripa’s emblem is that “like our eyes, which need light to see, so our reason needs our senses, especially that of sight, to achieve true understanding”. [Baer, 2001] (Wikipedia)

63 Alterations in Eastern Lands - Division of the Greek Empire : A Possible Renewal by Saint Alban

2

Copyright held by: Pickering And Inglis, 24-26 Bothwell Street, Glasgow, Lanarkshire G2 6PA

ANTICHRIST

The word occurs only in the first and second epistles of John. It signifies an opponent or adversary of Christ. The idea expressed by it had its origin in Judaism.

According to prophetic anticipations, the Messianic time was to be immediately preceded by a great conflict, in which Jehovah would fight out of Zion for His own people, and defeat the concentrated opposition of the world.

An Almighty leader on the one side seemed to require an antagonist on the other, a head of the army of darkness against the Prince of light. Thus Ezekiel depicts Gog proceeding out of Magog, to hazard a decisive battle against the Lord and His saints on the eve of the Messianic age (chapters xxxviii. And xxxix.)

The idea was subsequently embodied in Antiochus Epiphanes, who tried to eradicate Judaism with savage hatred. When we consider the insane violence he exhibited against the Jews and their temple, his prohibition of Jehovah's worship, the solemnization of the Sabbath, and circumcision, it was natural to regard him as the representative of heathenism in its opposition to the true religion.

Accordingly, the worshippers of Jehovah termed the small altar erected by him to Olympian Jove in the holy temple at Jerusalem (168 B.C.) the abomination of desolation (Daniel ix. 27, xi. 31, xii. 11; Mat. Xxiv. 15). The apocalyptic visions of Daniel exerted an important influence upon the Jews after the time of Antiochus, animating them with hopes of the near approached of a better day, preceded, it is true, by a fearful struggle, in which a powerful prince, the impersonation of heathenism in its fiercest hate, should persecute the chosen people.

The future of Israel was brightened by the vision of one whose predictions had been at least partially fulfilled. After this the idea seems to have been in abeyance till the reign of Caligula (40 A.D.), when Greeks in Alexandria and Syria attempted to introduce images of the emperor into the Jewish synagogues.

The express command of Caligula addressed to the Jews, to erect his image in the temple at Jerusalem, in the form of Olympian Zeus, excited an intense commotion throughout Palestine, and must have recalled to the Jews familiar with their Scriptures the similar conduct of Antiochus, as though the prophet Daniel had foretold the blasphemy of the Roman emperor.

In the discourse of Christ recorded by Matthew (chapter xxiv.), a personal opponent or antichrist does not appear, but the second advent is preceded by great affliction, the desecration of the temple, false Messiahs, and false apostles. This evangelic eschatology, however, appears in its present form to belong to a late redactor, so that it is difficult to separate Christ's own utterances from other elements probably incorporated with them.

Various sayings of Jesus relative to his second appearing were evidently misapprehended or confused in the reminiscences of the early disciples.

St Paul resumes the idea of antichrist. Whatever Jewish conceptions he laid aside, and he emancipated himself from the grossest of them, he did not abandon the idea of an antichrist or terrible adversary of the true religion.

The prophecies of Daniel, whether in their supposed relation to Antiochus or Caligula, and the impious command of the latter in particular to desecrate the Jewish temple, furnished him with traits for the portrait of Christ's great enemy, whose manifestation in the Roman empire the state of the world led him to suspect, especially as the empire was then identified by he Jews, as well as by Paul himself, with the fourth and last kingdom of Daniel's visions.

Blending together the notions of an antichrist and false Christ, the picture which St Paul draws is that of the man of sin, "the son of perdition; who opposed and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as god sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God; the wicked one whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders," &c. (2 Thess. ii 3-9).

Here the epithet appears to be borrowed from Isaiah xi. 4, the apostle coinciding with the Chaldee interpretere in understanding the passage of antichirst. The hindrance to the manifestation of the terrible enemy, to which Paul obscurely alludes, seems to be the Roman empire in one or other of its aspects; for we cannot adopt the ingenious conjecture that Claudius is meant, though the name fits the apostolic expression o katexwv, qui claudit, Claudius.

Apart from the fact that the neuter to katexov is used as well as the masculine, it is scarcely probable that one whose reign was marked by cruel actions and bloodshed should be called the obstacle in the way of antichrist's manifestation. The apostle, not ignorant of Caligula's blasphemous edict, seems to have thought of some Caesar in whom the persecuting power of heathenism should culminate, without pointing at either Claudius as the withholder, or Claudius's successor as the man of sin.

The idea of antichirst was not historically fixed in his mind.

Here we differ from Hitzig and Hausrath; though the date of the Thessalonian epistles (about 52 A.D.) presents no obstacle to the hypothesis, as De Wette thinks it does.

The author of the Revelation presents the antichrist idea in a more definite form than St Paul. Borrowing characteristic traits from Antiochus Epiphanes, perhaps too from Caligula, whose blasphemous order to set up his own image in the attitude of Olympian Zeus within the holy temple at Jerusalem created intense excitement throughout Palestine, aware of the fearful persecution which the Christians had suffered from Claudius's successor on the throne of the Caesars, the apostle John makes the man of sin or antichrist to be Nero returning from the East, according to report then current. In his view the vicious cruelty of paganism had its incarnation in the monster who set fire to Rome, torturing the Christians there, and hesitating to commit no crime. If the capital of the heathen world had such a head, the character of the great antichrist stood forth in him.

Accordingly, the writer describes Nero as the fifth head of the beast that rose out of the sea, i.e., Rome, who received a deadly wound which was healed, who made war upon the saints and overcame them, who disappeared amid the wondering of the world, to return with renewed power for three years and a half. The number of the beast or head, 666, points unmistakably to Nero, for it is the equivalent of ___ [Hebrew word] Kaesar Neron, __ = 50, ___ = 200, __ = 6, __ 50, ___ = 100, ___ 60, ___ = 200.

He is the beast that was and is not, the fifth fallen head, one of the seven; the eight, because he should reappear after his deadly wound was healed. The succession of emperors is Augustus, Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, Nero, Galba, Renan has again sanctioned the reckoning of Julius Caesar as the first of the list, on the authority of Josephus, Suetonius, Aurelius Victor, &c.; but Suetonius's commencement of his lives of the Caesars with Julius is scarcely a valid proof of his reckoning him to be the first of the line.

Tacitus, Aurelius Victor, and Sextus Rufus, not to speak of Hippolytus, favour the opinion that Augustus was the first emperor; and as the birth of Christ was under him, Christianity has nothing to do with Julius Caesar. In the view of the apocalyptist the latter is of no importance.

The apostle writing under Galba (68 A.D.), held the opinion then prevalent among Christians as well as others, that the emperor was not really dead, but was in the East, whence he would return with an army of Parthians to conquer and destroy Rome (Tacitus, Hist ii. 8; Suetonius, Nero, cap. 57, Dio Chrysostom, Or. xxi.) Such belief had then taken possession of the minds not only of the Jewish Christians in Palestine, but of the Jews themselves, who were in a state of feverish excitement because Jerusalem was besieged.

Terror had seized all worshippers of the true God, because of the aspect which the empire assumed (Revelation xiii 3-8, xvii 11). The apocalyptist also states that false or antichristian prophetism was to unite with the healed beats, and cause men to worship him or be put to death (xiii. 14, 15). We assume that the second beast, which rises out of the earth as the first does out of the sea, is identical with the false prophet in xvi. 13, xix. 20, xx. 10, and that it is a personification of false or heathen prophesying with its soothsaying and auguries.

But though Irenaeus sanctions this view it is not without difficulties, since the second beast ought in consistency to be historical definite like the first. It cannot be that the writer means the apostle Paul; for John; with all his Jewish tendencies, and hints unfavourable to Paul, would not speak so strongly against the latter. If John were not the author, as some incline to think, an unknown writer, with lively Judaic prepossessions, might perhaps describe the apostle Paul in such dark colours, but even then it is highly improbable.

Renan supposes that some Ephesian impostor is meant, a partisan of Nero's, perhaps an agent of the pseudo-Nero, or the pseudo-Nero himself. One thing is pretty clear, that a polity is not represented by either of the two beasts in the Apocalypse, or by Paul's man of sin. It is remarkable how long the legend about Nero's revival continued, and how widely diffused it became, though his body was buried publicly at Rome. Not till the 5th century did it become extinct.

The author of John's first epistle has a more general and spiritual conception of antichrist, partly I consequence of the Alexandrian philosophy which had leavened thought in Asia Minor, as is perceptible in the fourth gospel.

He finds antichrist within the church in any false teacher who corrupts the true doctrine respecting the Father and the son through a tendency idealizing away the practical basis of Christology. Such development of the idea agrees better with the general representation in the discourses of Jesus than the restricted individualizing it received from Paul and John outside Christianity, though the latter bears the older and Judaic stamp. The author of 1 John writes: "As ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even now are there many antichrists.

He is antichrist, that denieth the Father and the Son. This is that spirit of antichrist, whereof ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world" (ii. 18, 22, iv. 3).

He that denied the Father and the son, that did not confess Jesus, was an antichrist in this author's opinion. Probably Gnosticism was in his view more than any other form of error.

There was a tendency among the later New Testament writers, as far as we can judge from 2 Peter ii. 15, to find antichrist in erroneous doctrine rather than an individual. False teachers are called followers of Balaan. In the Apocalypse itself certain heretics are termed Nicolaitanes or Balaamites, i.e. destroyers of the people.

The sibylline oracles agree with the Apocalypse in identifying antichrist and Nero. In those of Christian origin belonging to the earliest centuries, we find the current belief that Nero, having fled beyond the Euphrates, should return with an army to perpetrate farther cruelties in Rome.

The descriptions in question are based, in part, on those of the apocalyptist, and the tyrant is directly identified with antichrist or Beliar.

When the legend about the tyrant's return from the East ceased, the true interpretation both of the fifth head and his mystic number 666 was lost. Irenaeus himself did not know the interpretation of 666, and has given several conjectural words more or less suitable to the number.

The idea of a personal antichrist was retained by the Christian writers of the 2d and 3d centuries who held the sensuous view of Christ's speedy reappearing to set up his reign on earth for a thousand years. The figure of this great adversary in connection with the millennial reign was important for such interpreters.

The Alexandrian school, however, whose method of interpretation was less literal and gross, generalized the idea in the manner of him who wrote St John's first epistle, making the principle of error or departure from the faith to be personified in antichirst.

The great opponent of Christ is an abstraction, a sceptical tendency or principle, not an historical person.

The later Jews had also their antichrist or anti-Messiah, whom they furnished with peculiar attributes, and termed Armillus.

The name appears already in the Targum of Jonathan on Isaiah xi. 4, where the godless Armillus is said to be slain with the breath of Messiah's mouth. In their description he becomes a terrible giant, golden haired, twelve ells in heights, as many breadth, having the width of a span between his deep red eyes. Born in Rome, he will assume to be the Messiah, and obtain many adherents.

The first Messiah, Joseph's son, will make war upon him, but be overcome and slain at Jerusalem. After this the second Messiah, David's son, will defeat. Armillus with the breath of his mouth, and then God will reassemble the dispersed of Israel, forming them into a united people, Christians and unbelievers being destroyed.

In the apocryphal Ascension of Isaiah, published by Laurence, a Jewish-Christian production written in Greek not earlier than the 3d century, the angel Berial, prince of this world, identical with Sammael or Satan, and representing antichrist, is said to descend in the last days, in the form of an impious monarch (Nero), the murderer of his mother.

The world will believe in him, and sacrifice to him; his prodigies will be displayed in every city and country, and his image set up. After exercising dominion for three years seven months and twenty-seven days, the Lord will come with His angels and drag him down into Gehenna.

The writer's description is evidently moulded on that of the apocyalyptist.

Nor is antichrist unknown to Mohammedan theology, in which he is called al Masih al Dajjal, the false or lying Christ, or simply al Dajjal. He is to be one-eyed, and marked on the forehead with the letters C.F.R., i.e., cafir, or infidel.

Appearing first between Irak and Syria, or, according to others, in Khorasan, he will ride on an ass, followed by 70,000 Jews of Ispahan, and continue on earth forty days, of which one will be equal in length to a year, another to a month, another to a week, and the rest will be common days; he is to lay waste all places except Mecca, or Medina, which are guarded by angels; but at length he will be slain by Jesus at the gate of Lud, near Joppa, assisted by the Imam Mahedi, after which the Moslem religion will coalesce with the Christian into one.

There is a saying that Mohammed foretold several antichrists, as many as thirty, but one of greater note than the rest.

During the Middle Ages, and those which immediately followed, current opinion discovered antichrist in heretics and sects.

The apocalypse and second epistle to the Thessalonians were supposed to point at false doctrine and its leading representatives. In their zeal against such as did not belong to the same church as their own, ecclesiastics mistook the sense of the passages relating to the dreaded adversary of Christ.

Thus Innocent III. (1215) declared the Saracens to be antichrist, and Mohammed the false prophet; and Gregory IX. (1234) pronounced the emperor Frederick II. to be the beast that rose up out of the sea with names of blasphemy on his head (Rev. xiii. 1-6).

As the corruption of the Romish Church increased, and the necessity of reform became more apparent, anti-ecclesiastical thought found antichrist in the Papacy; and that again naturally provoked the church to characterize all heretics as the collective antichrist.

The strong language of the apostles became a polemic weapon, easily wielded against any adversary possessing worldly power inimical to the church's interests or holding opinions incompatible with traditional orthodoxy.

The Church of Rome led the way in misapplying the Apocalypse during her contest with civil powers and heretics; her opponents followed the example in turning the instrument against herself. Antichristianism could be embodied in the Papacy as well as in Protestantism. It might be in a corrupt church as well as in heretical doctrine outside it.

Accordingly, the Waldenses, Wicliffe, Huss, and many others, found antichrist in the Pope. Luther hurled a powerful philippic adversus execrabilem bullam antichristi; and the articles of Schmalkald embody the same view, affirming: "Der Pabst aber, der allen die Seligkeit abspricht welche ihm nicht gehorchen wollen, ist der rechte antichrist."

The history of opinion respecting antichrist, or rather the interpretation of such Scriptures as present the idea, is by no means instructive. Conjectures too often supply the place of sound exergesis.

Much error has arisen from mixing up portions of Daniel's vision with those of the Apocalypse, because they refer to different subjects. The apostle borrows characteristic features from Daniel's Antiochus Epiphanes to fill out his picture of Nero. The combination of St Paul's man of sin with St John's antichristian Nero has also led to misapprehension.

The idea is variously developed according to the mental peculiarities and knowledge of those who entertained it. Vague and general at first, it was afterwards narrowed, somewhat in the manner of the Messianic one. Its different forms show that it was no article of faith, no dogma connected with salvation. Less definite in the second epistle to the Thessalonians, it is tolerably specific in the Revelation.

The author of John's first epistle gave it a spiritual width, consistently with the pantheistic direction which he follows with feeble footsteps. In each case, however, the writers moved within their own times, their knowledge bounded by the necessary limits of the human intellect, so that their subjective views can hardly be accepted as the emanations of minds projecting themselves into he world's outer history with full intelligence of its details.

Limited to the horizon of their age, they did not penetrate into the future with infallible certainty. What they express about antichrist is their development of an idea which sprang out of Jewish soil and does not harmonise well with the gradual progress of Christ's spiritual kingdom. It is not unusual, however, for men living in times of peculiar commotion, when the good are oppressed and vice triumphs, to embody rampant opposition to truth and righteousness in a person who concentrates in himself the essence of antichristian hate.

If Christ is to conquer gloriously, a mighty adversary is given Him who must be finally and for ever overthrown. Then commences the universal reign of peace and purity under the benign scepter of the Victor. Over against Christ as King is set a formidable foe, not an abstract principle, - the latter being an incongruous or less worthy adversary in the view of many. Yet it is the very individualizing of the antichrist idea which removes it from the sphere of actual realization.

The extension, indeed, of the divine kingdom will encounter opposition; and the reaction of the world may appear, if not become stronger as that extension is more decided; but the personality and intenseness which the apostles impart to the reaction transfer it to the region of the improbable.

Humanity is not so vicious as to break away from God with the extreme insanity which the feelings of the sacred writers conjure up in times of fear for the church. (Comp. Gesenius's article "Antichrist" in Ersch and Gruber; De Wette's Kurze Erkarung of the Second Epistle to the Thessalonians and the Revelation; Lucke's Versuch einer vollstandigen Einleitung in die Offenbarung des Johannes, zweite Auflage; Bleek's Vorlesungen ueber die Apokalypse; Ewald's Commentarius in Apocalypsin Johannis, and his Die Johanneischen Schriften vebersetzt und erklart; Lunemann, Ueber die Briefe an die Thessalonicher in Meyer's Kommentar ueber das Neue Testament; Davidson's Introduction to the Study of the New Testament, vol. I; Renan's L'Antechrist; Jowett's Epistles of St Paul to the Thessalonians, &c., vol. i.) (S. D.

The above article was written by the Rev. Samuel Davidson, D.S., Professor of Biblical Criticism at the Royal College, Belfast, 1835; Professor of Biblical Literature at the Manchester Congregational College, 1842-62; one of the Old Testament Revisers; author of The Canons of the Bible and Critical and Exegetical Introductions to the Old and New Testaments.

www.1902encyclopedia.com/A/ANT/antichrist.html

mask study 1 profile by Joel Cooper

1 1

Studies for new masks, some came out kind of goofy, but they were instructive nonetheless.

"Painting to be Stepped On" ('61) by Yoko Ono for "INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION" by Anthony Cox in "Art and Artists", August, 1966 by Miki

1

-- Page 19

"Yoko Ono Painting to be Stepped On, 1961

Almus Gallery, New York"

-- Page 17

"Ono leads in a direction that might be called Concept-Art

INSTRUCTIVE AUTO-DESTRUCTION

THE FULL MOON hangs over the Lower East Side, its light

shines on paper-littered streets. In the daytime 2nd Avenue

is jammed with traffic and it's possible to look up through

the dust and heat at the sky and imagine what those few

seconds would be like before it came if eternity were to fit.

What an EVENT!

What is an Event and what does it have to do with Art?

Circa 1950: Yoko Ono is sitting around some-place

striking matches. She is observing the significance of a

natural act. Many matches later she finds that by lighting

a match and watching til it has gone out she is making

something that has a shorter existence than herself, and

by comparison is making her life longer.

When people are asked to observe the passage of time

they may feel ill at ease. Is this why we have a term like

auto-destruction? One of Yoko Ono's first events is

called LIGHTING PIECE: 'Light a match and watch

till it goes out.'

1961: her first one-man show in New York, in which

fifteen works were what she calls INSTRUCTUER;

'Something that emerged from instruction and yet not

quite emerged - not quite structured - never quite struc-

tured --- like an unfinished church with a sky ceiling.'

One of these works which was described by a critic as 'a

grimy unstrung canvas with a hole in it' is SMOKE

PAINTING: 'Light canvas or any finished painting with

a cigarettes at any time for any length of time. See the smoke

movement. The painting ends when the whole canvas is

gone.'* For Ono, paintings like Event do end: an ad-

ditional act in life; something to solve the temptation of

insanity.

Other works in her 1961 show were, PAINTING TO

BE STEPPED ON: 'Leave a piece of canvas or finished

painting on the floor or in the street.'* A + B PAINTING;

'Cut out a circle on canvas. A. Place a numeral figure, a

roman letter, or a katakanao on canvas B at an arbitrary

point. Place canvas A on canvas B and hang them together.

The figure on canvas B may show, may show partially, or

may not show. You may use old paintings, photographs, etc.

instead of blank canvases.'* PAINTING FOR THE

WIND: 'Make a hole. Leave it in the wind.'* PAINT-

ING TO SEE THE SKIES: 'Drill two holes into a can-

vas. Hang it where you can see the sky. (Change the place

of hanging. Try both the front and the rear windows, to

see if the skies are different.')* PAINTING TO LET

THE EVENING LIGHT GO THROUGH: 'Hang a

bottle behind a canvas. Place the canvas where the west

light comes in. The painting will exist when the bottle

creates a shadow on the canvas, or it does not have to

exist. The bottle may contain liquor, water, grasshoppers,

ants or singing insects, or it does not have to contain.'*

BLOOD PIECE: 'Use your blood to paint. Keep painting

until you faint (A). Keep painting until you die (B).'*

These and the others in the show were designed to be

done by anybody although at the time it was not apparent

to most observers and as well the works had been made by

Ono, they were regarded as going in one direction only:

purely auto-destructive. Actually all her paintings exist

in two phases. (1) The instruction phase; which may be

compared to a musical composition; written, copywritten,

distributed, and generally at large for anybody to make

(perform) and show (2) the existence of the particular

piece, which generally has some aspect which is in a state

of flux. Sometimes this may be only one-way, sometimes

it may be oscillating, or the piece may just need to be

refuelled, so to speak.

The one aspect which is considered so important in

most painting, the graphic element, or visual design, is

almost never stated except in the vaguest way as in A + B

PAINTING, and like a Swiss Patent, it is never clear

exactly how the formula goes. This is left up to the indi-

vidual who is to construct the work and how he feels about

such things. For the maker of the work and the audience

this opens up all sorts of possibilities. One is able to

observe certain relationships between art and life that are

usually overlooked in purely graphic art. Instead of saying

how the hell did he do that one might say why the hell do

I have to do that. The owner and/or maker of the painting

must continually come to grips with certain problems that

force him to consider what the concept of art is all about.

Recently, while the works of hers constructed by various

painters and sculptors were being collected in a gallery

for a show this coming fall, a piece was accidentally sold.

The piece WORD MACHINE #1 SKY MACHINE,

which produces a card with the word 'sky' on it when 25c

is deposited was acquired by Mr. & Mrs. Robert Scull. In

order to complete the sale in the case of this particular

piece it was necessary for Mr. Scull to sign a contract in

which he only received the right to possess the machine

but had to agree that serving of the machine would

remain the right of the maker and the maker would

receive 60% of the proceeds of the sake of 'sky' cards.

The pure iconism of the work is at question. It is a

machine, it has to be cleaned, repaired, cards replaced,

money extracted, in short, handled like crazy and the owner

and the maker have become involved in a continual

bureaucratic even in order to meet the terms of the con-

tract. Her original composition for this work states that

these machines should eventually replace all Coca-cola

and chewing gum machines, etc. everywhere. Immediately

there is a threat on these manmoth industies which have

always been auto-destructive in nature anyway - this

piece is a kind of a parody of them - and pocesses certain

interesting problems as the underworld usually controls

the vending machine operations here in New York. Is

there something wrong with a society that vends art in

machines instead of phosphate? Many agree that the coke

bottole has long been of better use and more valuable than

its contents anyway, and certain artists have even emulated

it in what has come to be known as Pop art.

Ono's work involves many facets and many roots that

are deeply traditional in Eastern and Western thought. In

the East there are traditions that have been obscured by

the advent of the West and one might hope that the reverse

may take place in the West: interbreeding considered

healthful. In Japan it was common and still is to a lesser

degree, to wrap one's lunch in a beautiful package -

intricately embossed gold foil was ideal (there are still

many things we don't know about food) - to contemplate

while eating in the woods; of course the wrapping would

be thrown away ... or for many people to gather with

the express purpose of observing the moon, without any

particular motive scientific or otherwise. This approach is

referred to as 'wabi and sabi' and it is considered that no

clear translation should be available.

In the West Ono relates to that arear referred to by Gene

Swenson as 'The Other Tradiotion'; Duchamp, Ernst,

Cage, Rauschenberg, Johns, etc., and it is interesting that

these men were attracted to her and attended her concerts

and events held in 1959-61 at her loft on Chambers St.

in New York before her return to Tokyo (at one point she

was close to Cage and tourned Japan with him in 1962, but

her music which has been described as 'music of the mind'

is diametrically opposed to his in philosophy and has no

audible sound in the conventional sense.)

What about painting of the mind? One of Ono's works

in her series 'imaginary paintings', is PAINTING TO BE

CONSTRUCTED IN YOUR HEAD: 'Imagine a flower

made of hard material such as gold, silver, stainless

steel, tin, marble, copper, etc. Imagine that the

pedals suddenly become soft like cotton or like living flesh.

In three hours prick all the petals. Save one and press it in a

book. In the margin of the page where the petal is pressed

note the derivation of the petal and the name of the petal.

At least eight hours should be spent in the construction

of the painting.'*

ANTHONY COX

New York City, July 4, 1966

For this special number of Art and Artists Yoko Ono

contributed the following: AUTO-DESTRUCTIVE

EVENTS; 1 - Dissapearing of snow, 2 - Thinking, 3 -

Dreaming, 4 - Waiting/not waiting, 5 - A wind, 6 -

Travel, 7 - Make wishknots in your head. Forget the

wish.

* reproduced by permission from Grapefruit, published by

Weltinnenraums Press, Box 186, NYC 14 USA."

Art and Artists

Volume One, Number Five

August 1966

Edited by Mario Amaya

London: Hansom Books, 1966

Private Collection of Mikihiko Hori

Jacob Jordaens, Moses schlägt Wasser aus dem Fels (Moses Striking Water from the Rock) by HEN-Magonza

4

Jacob Jordaens (Jacques Jordaens), Antwerpen 1593 - 1678

Moses schlägt Wasser aus dem Fels / Moses Striking Water from the Rock (ca. 1645 - 1650)

The J. Paul Getty Museum, Los Angeles

A crowd of Israelites gathers to observe a dramatic Old Testament miracle. After they wandered in the wilderness of the Sinai desert without water, God saved them by instructing Moses to strike a rock with his staff, whereupon fresh water gushed out.

Jacob Jordaens conveyed the scene's drama through energetic motion and repetition. Using a characteristically Baroque sweeping horizontal composition, he effortlessly interwove human figures and animals into a frieze that follows from left to right, from anticipation--with jars and drinking vessels at the ready--to Moses' theatrical gesture. The figures' proportions and subtle foreshortening indicate that Jordaens intended the picture to be viewed from below.

Here Jordaens repeated a subject he had first attempted nearly three decades earlier, following his usual practice of reworking ideas and finding new solutions. As here, the devoted Calvinist Jordaens often made instructive, rather than devotional, religious pictures.

Source: J. Paul Getty Museum

Phoenix Chapter No. 34 Cookstown Ontario Canada by antefixus21

1 1

A red Royal Arch Mason veil made by MAC and SAC.

usgcnsw.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/PASSING%20THE%2...

PASSING THE VEILS - CEREMONY AND HISTORY.

By Excellent Companion Gordon Mogg.

1. ORIGINS OF THE CEREMONY:

The ancient and picturesque ceremony of Passing the Veils is contained in the Excellent Masters degree and is a required preliminary to the Royal Arch ceremony. It is a dramatic performance and when suitably presented can be most impressive, being open to a great variety of Masonic symbolism.

It may be said to be a highly elaborated system which seems to nave been based partly on the old Irish ceremony, whilst drawing also on old English and American rituals.

There are four veils of blue, purple, crimson and white, denoting, respectively, Friendship, Unity (based on the union of blue and crimson producing purple), Fervency and 'Zeal (truly typical of R. A. Masonry) and Purity. In the Book of Chronicles 11, Ch. iii (14), it is said that "Solomon made the veil of blue; purple and crimson, and fine linen, and wrought cherubim thereon."

It would appear that a single veil is indicated in the Scripture and that it was placed before the Holy of Holies (Debir). This is in accord with the tabernacle made by Moses in the Sinai desert, where a single white veil was placed before the most holy place. The tabernacle was, however, hung with curtains in the manner of tapestry, which were of many interwoven colours, no one curtain being wholly of a single colour. These curtains or veils did not hang across-the tabernacle but covered its sides and roof.

The R. A. legend in the Excellent Masters Degree relating to the veils is based on the story by Josephus, the 'first century historian, in his "Antiquities of the Jews", Vol. 1, viii, Ch.'3, where he was referring to the interior of the 'first Temple, and not to the supposed tabernacle said in the ritual to have been erected by Zerubbabel; Haggai and Joshua near its ruins. Josephus says that King Solomon "also had veils 'of blue; purple and scarlet (crimson), and the brightest and softest linen with the most curious flowers wrought upon them, ''which were to-drawn before the doors." This story has no Biblical support and it is thought that Josephus unduly forced the symbolism of the veils by saying that they were composed of four things which declared the, four elements - Air, Water, Fire and Earth, blue. signifying Air, purple the Sea (Water), because the colour was dyed by the blood of a shellfish (the Murex), scarlet naturally representing Fire, whilst white signified Earth, as the fine linen was made of flax which grew out of the earth, and bore a white flower.

It is however, from Josephus that the Masonic ritual inventors took their ideas, rather than from the V.S.L. Whilst the tabernacle said to have been, erected, by Zerubbabel is not historically correct, it must be considered: in the ritual sense as a symbol and this in no way diminishes its value to us. Masonic science claims to be a peculiar system of morality (or philosophy), veiled in allegory and illustrated by symbols, but many Companions, unfortunately, do not consider that it is veiled at all! No attempt is made to proceed beyond, say, the ethical aspect rather than- delving under the surface; they never strive to lift the veil "which the eye of human reason cannot penetrate." Apparently, they do not realise that it is an allegory, or parable, and that understand it properly, it, must be studied carefully and continually in order to arrive at its philosophical message.

2. SYMBOLISM:

When referring to the symbolism of the veils as a whole, they constitute four divisions of the tabernacle erected by Zerubbabel and are obstacles to the Candidate in his advancement to the Sanhedrin, there to receive spiritual illumination and ultimately obtain the knowledge of the true name of God, masonically speaking, the Divine Name is in itself a symbol of Truth, the object (or it should be) of' every Companion's search and labours. Therefore, the passing through the veils is a symbol of overcoming trials and tribulations that must be surmounted in the long search for truth. Viewed as separate veils the symbolism alters and is independent for each veil, although the veils are really connected, just as the virtues which they symbolise are those which should apply to all Companions seeking the Truth..

In our ritual, the symbolism of the Veils applies to the miraculous signs of Moses and also to the various colours of each of, the veils themselves, as detailed in the Excellent Master ritual:

BLUE: the colour of the Craft (symbolic degrees; is a symbol of Friendship and represents the first step in the search for Truth. The first sign; that of Moses casting the rod on the ground and it turning first into a serpent and then back to a rod in his hand, refers to the ancient symbolism of resurrection, as the serpent, by casting its skin every year, is supposed to renew itself It is also the symbol of the lost Word and its recovery. The Candidate is being taught to divest himself of the veils and superfluities of life, which is a prime requisite before advancing towards the Holy Sanctuary.

PURPLE: portrays the union and close connection of the Craft and Royal .Arch Degree. The reference to Moses and the leprous hand with its subsequent restoration to health is a repetition of the loss and recovery of the Word, the Word being Divine Truth, and it also symbolises Spiritual cleanliness by obedience to Gods Law, which is the next step in progressing to the Holy Sanctuary.

CRIMSON: is the symbol of fervency and zeal, which indicates that the Candidate is so advanced in his, progress as to expect success in his search. The changing of the water into blood; which is life, itself is symbolic of progress from darkness into light and denotes the transmutation of the Candidate from a lower to a higher plane.

WHITE: the veil of Purity, is to remind the Candidate that it is only by purity of life that he can find Divine Truth. "Blessed are the pure in heart for they shall see God."

The Passing of the Veils has symbolism which, viewed either separately or collectively, represents, at the last, the successful search for Divine Truth. In the Masonic tradition, anyone desiring to participate, in the rebuilding of the Temple had first to, pass through the three sections of the tabernacle built by the exiles on their return from Babylon, these three sections being divided by the coloured veils. Having passed the veils and having been purified in the Middle Chamber, the Candidate passes out from the provisional Sanctuary to the Holy Sanhedrin, where he meets the three Chief rulers who send him to work in the ruins of the first Temple and carry on that great and holy work.

3. SOME RITUAL HISTORY:

When the Rev. George Adam Browne compiled his revision of the Royal Arch ritual in 1834/35 (for English use) he said that, in the Passing of the Veils and during the perambulations, the Candidate was shewn some very instructive objects and he referred to the serpent, towards which Moses had to stoop in order to pick it up, and, therefore, this action was interpreted as a sign of Humility Ten years before Adam Browne's revision, the English radical, Carlile, in 1825, gave a fuller account of what happened and told of the spectacular display whit': took place: "At the first veil; the bandage is removed from the Candidate's eyes and he sees a bush on fire, a voice calls out: "Moses, Moses", and here the Candidate has his shoes slipped off. At the second veil, the Candidate was not only shown the figure of a'-serpent but was told AD pick up a rod, cast down by him, which had turned into a serpent. In the third veil, the Candidate is made to behold the Ark of the Covenant, which contains the tables of stone, together with the pot of manna, the table of showbread, the burning incense and the candlesticks with seven branches (menorah). This last description is more or less referred to in the modern ritual of the Royal Master degree.

In the ancient ceremony, there were "readings" (passages of Holy Scripture for each veil, each with its appropriate word and sign. According to the Old American Royal Arch ritual, in the first veil the reading was Exodus iv, 1-10. Carlile gives it as Exodus iii, 1-6, as does Adam Browne - Exodus iii, 1-6, plus 13 & 14. The words in the Old American ritual were "Shem, Ham and Japhet" Both Carlile and Adam Browne give the word of an Installed Master in the Craft.

Adam Browne specifies no sign but Carlile states that it was the sign of a Passed Master, whilst the Old American ritual gives the casting down of the rod which became a serpent, etc. In the second veil, the Old American ritual states that the reading was from the "Writings of Moses". Carlile and Browne quote Exodus iv, 1-5. The Old American ritual infers that the word was "Shem, Japhet and Adoniram". Carlile gives it as "I am that I am" and Adam Browne gives "Moses, Aaron and Eleazor." The sign according to the American ritual was "thrusting the hand into the bosom and taking' it out as leprous as snow", whereas both Carlile and Browne say: “The stooping of Moses and picking up of the serpent." In the third veil, the Old American monitor says again "Writings of Moses", whilst both Carlile and Browne give Exodus iv, 6-9. The American gives the word as "Haggai, Jeshua and Zerubbabel, but Carlile as 'Moses, Aaron and Eleazor" and Browne gives "Holiness to the Lord." The sign in the American ritual was that of placing the hand into the bosom and bringing it out clean but both Carlile and Browne give the sign of this veil as a double one:-

(i) The leprous hand of Moses which was restored.

(ii) The pouring out of water both of which, of course, refer to the reading of Exodus iv, 6-9.

The ancient ritual still had another veil, the fourth one. This was at the entrance to the Chamber where eat the Holy Sanhedrin, which they conceived to have been beyond the tabernacle-proper. The Candidate had to pass through the three veils of the Sanctuary before he could penetrate the last one. The veils were drawn aside, the Candidate entered and, for the first time, was permitted to "behold the Grand Council; High Priest, King and Scribe.

In England, the ceremony of Passing the Veils, with its Readings, Words and Signs, has been abandoned because (or-so, it is, alleged) they made Freemasonry too cumbersome. What they have in fact done is to lose sight of the origin of Speculative Masonry, which was essentially a system of moral instruction, based on the Volume of the Sacred Law. However, as will be shown in para.7 of this paper, the "Bristol Working"; the colourful ceremony has been recently re-introduced.

4. OTHER INTERPRETATIONS:

The symbolism of Passing the Veils is that enlightenment which comes from Masonic, progression originally, the veils may have been an emblem of that mysterious veil which was tent in twain when the crucified Saviour passed through it. About 1800A.D, there was an old Lancashire Craft ritual lecture in which the veil of the Temple signified Jesus Christ, Son of God, hanging on the Altar of the Cross, being the veil between ourselves and God.

The possibility cannot be ruled out that the veils had an alchemical interpretation. A Provincial Grand Chaplain of England said that the entire object of alchemic art "is the uncovering of the inner faculty of insight and wisdom and the removal of the veils intervening between the mind, and dividing it from, its hidden Divine root." The veils were thought 'also to have been a. symbol of the sufferings experienced by the Jews on their return from exile.

In the early ceremonies, the veils were three in number but the Australian and American Chapters now work mainly a four veil ceremony. In England, there are at least twenty R. A. rituals in current use, eighteen of these including reference to a

Symbolic Lecture on the Platonic Bodies.

However, there is no uniformity existing on the geometrical and alchemical explanations. of these "Platonic Bodies".: When comparing the Passing of the Veils symbolism with that of the "Platonic Bodies" there is an interesting reference to a ritual used in the Hull R. A. ceremonies, the text of which goes back nearly 120 years, which states that Plato took the Tetrahedron as the symbol of the element of Fire, the Cube as that of Earth, the Octahedron as that of Water and-the Icosahedron (a polyhedron having twenty faces), a symbol of the arts and sciences, as that of Air, whilst the Dodecahedron (a polyhedron having twelve faces a number greatly favoured by the ancient Semites) was the symbol of the Universe itself. These symbols and meanings are switched about in the many different rituals. In our ritual, we do not use-the symbolism of the five regular polyhedra but their elemental symbolism is applied to the veils, as derived originally from the writings of Josephus. As already mentioned, in England, the old ceremony of the veils fell into disuse and has now reappeared, only in very recent times, only in Bristol. The Irish view is that the veils ceremony is an integral part of their rite of exaltation and indeed, it is so worked, as it was also in the Old American Monitor.

An English R. A. Mason may therefore, quite properly, attend an Irish ceremony, since he is bound not to disclose its secrets by the obligation he has already taken at his own exaltation. Scotland and New South Wales, on the other hand, maintain that the veils ceremony, although an integral part of the Royal Arch ceremony, is a distinct and self-contained degree and is so denominated under the title of Excellent Master. As such, it is argued, it is not covered by the R. A. obligation and no person, therefore, may be present at the ceremony unless he has taken the Excellent Master degree. This currently presents difficulties to English Companions seeking to visit Scottish or New South Wales Chapters whilst the preliminary degree of Excellent Master is being worked.

5. PASSWORDS:

With reference to the various passwords which have evolved in the Passing of the Veils ceremony, it has been said that, following the success attendant on the dramatization of the "Shibboleth" legend in the Craft degree, it may have had some influence upon the colourful ceremony of the Veils ceremony. As therein, the lifting of each veil is accomplished by giving a password based on the Biblical readings of Exodus, narrated to the Candidate for Excellent Master. If the password was introduced into various degrees to serve a utilitarian purposes, it was evidently found by the compilers of ritual to be an even more useful vehicle for the purposes of expansion of the ritual.

6. KABBALAH RELATIONSHIP:

It may be of some interest to readers and hearers to touch on one relationship between the Royal Arch and the Kabbalistic degrees. Three veils are mentioned in the Book of the Greater Holy Assembly (Sepher- ha-IDRA-RABBA KADISHA) which are referred to as "Three Kabbalistic Veils of the negative existence." The first veil is called in Hebrew AIN (which means 'No''), i.e., negatively. The name is spelled with three letters and foreshadows the first three Sephiroth. The second veil is called AIN SOF, which means 'No bound' or 'boundless'. In Hebrew, this name is written with six letters and it alludes to the first six. Sephiroth. The third veil is called AIN SOF AUR, which means 'Unbounded Light'.

This name consists of nine letters and refers to the nine Sephiroth. After this there remains MALKUTH ('Kingship'), the tenth Sephiroth. The Candidate had to pass through these veils, after which he was said to have attained MALKUTH or KINGSHIP; that is to say it was the climax of Freemasonry, as, according to General Charles Rainsford; who represented; English Freemasonry in 1784, when consulted by French Masons, he contended that the ritual, of Freemasonry was derived from the Kabbalists.

7. THE BRISTOL CEREMONY:

On Sunday, 13th August, 1758, two brethren were raised to the degree of Royal Arch Masons and, during-the following twelve months, four other meetings of the same kind took place always on a Sunday evening, at the Crown, Inn, Christmas Street, and Bristol. In 1769, anew Chapter was chartered, Charity No.9, on the Register of the Grand Chapter and for many years the only Chapter in the Bristol Province. It is well known that the veils ceremony was worked but it is not true that it continued to be worked down through the years. It appears that the Beaufort Chapter of Bristol, in the late 19th. Century, worked only the verbal part of the veils ceremony; but did not use the veils themselves, and nobody has been able to give any information about them. M.E.Comp. Sir Ernest Henry Cook Provincial Grand Superintendent for Bristol; 1920-1941, has compiled some personal recollections on Passing the Veils, as practised in the Bristol Province and refers to the fact that, before 1890, there were no veils but the Principal Sojourner and Assistants were asked to retire and put the Candidate through the first portion of Passing the Veils, They then; retired to the ante-room and the work was done, but without veils; The allusion to the three veils suspended, of the colours of blue, purple and crimson, etc., induced Some Companions to ask for further particulars of the ceremony.

The matter was discussed at great length and no one could tell anything about them but it was confidently stated that, although referred to, the veils were not in use in the middle of the 19th Century in Bristol. Sir Ernest wrote to the English Grand Scribe "E", who advised that he knew nothing about the matter and could not tell of any Chapter in England where the ceremony was extant. Subsequently, it was found that the veils were in use in some Chapters in Ireland and some in Scotland References were found also in various books on Masonry. After some difficulty, Sir Ernest had some three veils made with poles, cords and supports, these being suspended across the ante-room of the Chapter. The necessary ritual was then compounded, made up of what had been in use for many years (although without the actual veils) and what could be found in books and old R. A. rituals. The Grand Scribe "E" then stated that, whilst it was not then in use in England and as the Bristol proposal was merely to resuscitate a disused portion of the original ceremony, he considered that no objection could be taken to it. Thus Bristol proceeded and, towards the end of 1929 and after careful consideration, it was concluded that a fourth veil (of white) would add to the beauty of the ceremony.

The Assistant Grand Librarian wrote to the Provincial Grand Scribe "E", Bristol, in 1932, saying that "the ceremony of the veils is now obsolete in England but still continued in most other countries, including notably the U.S.A the veils were doubtless part of the early ceremony of the Arch degree and the working of the same was, I believe, discontinued at the Union in 1817..It In gathering information from countries outside England and from books on the subject, Sir Ernest Cook found many different usages and customs, such as "Veils...four in number, of colours blue, purple, red and white, and all emblematical of the Equinoxes and Solstices, allegorically denominated the "Gates of Heaven." Summing up the results of his enquiry, Sir Ernest stated that, whilst there is a strong tradition amounting almost to being universal, only Bristol was using the ceremony known as Passing the Veils in England, although it had been proved that such was very widely used in various forms. He stated further that the description in Exodus is so definite and far exceeds in importance any other reference to be obtained elsewhere.

8. VARIOUS REFERENCES TO THE VEILS (VAILS2 IN THE V. S. L.: EXODUS, Chapter 26. Verse 1. And the Lord spoke unto Moses saying "Moreover thou shalt make the tabernacle with ten curtains of fine twined linen, and blue and purple and scarlet; with cherubim of cunning (clever) work shalt thou make them." Verses 31-33:'And thou shalt make a vial of blue and purple and scarlet and fine twisted linen of cunning work; with cherubim shall it be made. And thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of shittim-wood (acacia) overlaid with gold; their hooks shall be of gold upon the four sockets of silver. And thou shalt hang up the vial under the clasps, that thou mayest bring in thither within the vial the Ark of the Testimony; and the veil shall be divided unto you between the Holy Place and the Most Holy (Sanctum Sanctorum)."

Chapter 27.

Verse 16."And for the gate of the court (of the tabernacle) shall be an hanging of twenty cubits, of blue and purple and scarlet and fine twisted linen, wrought with needlework

Chapter 36.

Verse 8."And every wise-hearted man among them that wrought the work of the tabernacle made the curtains of fine twisted linen and blue and purple and scarlet; with cherubim of cunning work made he them."

Verse 35."And he made a veil of blue and purple and scarlet and fine twisted linen; with cherubim made he it of cunning work."

Verse 37."And he made a hanging for the tabernacle-door of blue, purple and scarlet and fine twisted linen of needlework."

Chapters 40/41.

"And he brought the Ark into the tabernacle and set up the veil of the covering and covered the Ark of the testimony; as the Lord commanded Moses.

"And he put the table in the tent of the congregation, upon the side of the tabernacle northward without (beyond) the veil."

CHRONICLES 2, Chapter 3.

Verse 14. "And he (Solomon) made the veil of blue and purple and crimson and fine linen and wrought cherubim thereon."

9 CONCLUSION

The object of any Masonic legend is to convey philosophical doctrines and is not in any way intended to establish historical facts. The ceremonies are external additions which do not affect the substance of Freemasonry as a science; that is a philosophy taught by a system of doctrines. The beginnings of Masonic philosophy go back a long way into antiquity and are not to be confounded with the ceremonies of Masonry, which go back but un-substantially little farther than the 1700's, (and, in some cases, not even so far, as many important modifications have been made to our rituals since that time, and are still being made.)

As stated in the beginning of this paper, the Passing of the Veils ceremony is open to many philosophical interpretations. (Acknowledgments to Ars Quatuor Coronatorum and to Mackey.)

The meaning of the four horns on an altar.

hoshanarabbah.org/blog/tag/horns-of-the-altar/

Exodus 29:12, Horns of the altar. The four horns of the altar of sacrifice was the place where the blood of atonement was sprinkled (also Lev 4:4, 17, 18, 25, 30, 34; 8:15; 9:9; 16:18).

But there’s more. Horn is the Hebrew word qeren meaning “horn, hill or ray.” This word is used to describe the rays of light rays emanating from the face of Moses after his encounter with YHVH (Exod 34:29) and the horns of an animal (Ps 69:31). In ancient cultures, the horn was a metaphor for physical strength or spiritual power (Deut 33:17; 2 Sam 22:3; Ps 18:2). Elsewhere, YHVH is referred to as man’s “horn of salvation” meaning he is the strength of our salvation. The Hebrew word for salvation is yesha meaning “deliverance, rescue, safety, welfare, victory, prosperity.” The root of yesha is the verb yasha meaning “to save, to deliver, to give victory.” Not only is YHVH called our “horn of salvation” in the Tanakh, but this designation is applied to Yeshua as well in the Testimony of Yeshua (Luke 1:69). Interestingly, Yeshua is a derivative of the Hebrew name Yehoshua (or Joshua), which also derives from yasha.

It should be evident from this quick study that the horns of the altar are a picture of Yeshua, who is the horn or strength of our salvation and who shed his blood for our sins on the altar of the cross.

This being the case, why then are there four horns on the altar? This is likely symbolic of the four attributes of Yeshua, even as the four colors of cloth used throughout the tabernacle prophetically symbolize the same thing. Crimson speaks to Yeshua’s humanity, purple to his kingship, blue to his divinity, and white to his sinlessness or righteousness.

Additionally, the Jewish sages view the four horns as symbolizing the four corners of the earth, for, in Hebraic thought, the earth is nothing more than a large altar dedicated to Elohim. (See The ArtScroll Tehilim/Psalms commentary on this verse and notes at Ps 118:27.) The horns on the four corners of the altar could also prophetically point to the fact that Yeshua came to save all humans (who would trust in him) from the four corners of the earth.

Eye-Rubbing Guy by John Van Noate

10 6

It's just a tiny little photograph, nothing special, a candid shot. When I visited my mother a few weeks ago, she wanted to take my picture. She insisted that I smile for the camera. I refused. It was quite instructive---she said she wasn't going to take the photo unless I smiled, and she left the porch, photograph untaken. I learned a great deal about the photograph from that exchange---in fact, I would say it was the single best moment in my history of photographic enlightenment.

Thanks, Mom.

Plans for the interlacing experiment by Katie Walker

4 10

Uploaded for Apocalust's Concept to Construct Group. Also, I suppose they could be mildly instructive, if anyone were interested. Just recently I've started drawing ideas out before-hand, and it does change my process a bit. For the grand staircase mosaic I just kept changing things till I liked how it looked. But this way I can do my changes before, and it's less maddening, especially when there are lots of kids around. And it's more portable, too. A downside to it would be that I come up with many ideas that I draw and then never put into LEGO form because the thrill of discovery is gone. We'll see.